MENU

Where the world comes to study the Bible

Ephesians 3

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Paul's Ministry to the Gentiles The Mystery Revealed A Prayer for Wisdom Paul's Work for the Gentiles Paul, a Servant of the Mystery
3:1-13 3:1-7 3:1-6 3:1-6 3:1-13
  Purpose of the Mystery 3:7-13 3:7-13  
  3:8-13      
To Know the Love of Christ Appreciation of the Mystery   The Love of Christ Paul's Prayer
3:14-19 3:14-21 3:14-19 3:14-19 3:14-19
3:20-21   3:20-21 3:20-21 3:20-21

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS TO 3:1-21

A. Considering the theological purpose(s) for the cyclical letter of Paul known as Ephesians, it is clear that Paul's three main truths in the doctrinal section relate to the Gnostic false teachers. (See Introduction.)

1. Chapter 1 praises the Father for His "before time" love expressed in Christ's substitutionary atonement and the Spirit's continuing presence.

2. Chapter 2:1-10 reveals the Father's great love and mercy for fallen, helpless humanity.

3. Chapter 2:11-3:13 reveals the eternal plan of God to include all humans in a free salvation through Christ (cf. Gen. 3:15), Jew and Greek, male and female, slave and free.

In effect chapter 2 (vv. 11-3:13) reveals the eternal, universal redemptive plan of God; chapter 2 (vv. 1-10) reveals the loving heart of God and chapter 1 (vv. 3-14) reveals the eternal purpose of God, mankind's Christlikeness. God was fully aware of mankind's rebellion and made plans for dealing with the problem, even before creation (cf. 1:4).

B. Chapters 2:11-22 and 3:2-13 specify one of several definitions of the mystery of God found in Paul's writings. Jew and Gentile were united in one new entity, the Church of Jesus Christ. See Special Topic at 3:3

 

C. Paul begins a prayer of praise in 3:1, but gets sidetracked concerning his ministry to the Gentiles and resumes his prayer in verses 14-21.

 

D. The prayer which began in verse 1 and finishes in verses 14-21 divides into three clauses.

1. believers receive inner strength, vv. 16-17a

a. by the Spirit's power

b. by Christ's indwelling

2. saints may fully comprehend the truth of the gospel and the mystery, vv. 17b-19a

a. to grasp so as to hold on to

b. to know by experience

3. believers are filled with the fullness (plērōma) of God, v. 19b

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:1-13
 1For this reason I, Paul, the prisoner of Christ Jesus for the sake of you Gentiles-2if indeed you have heard of the stewardship of God's grace which was given to me for you; 3that by revelation there was made known to me the mystery, as I wrote before in brief. 4By referring to this, when you read you can understand my insight into the mystery of Christ, 5which in other generations was not made known to the sons of men, as it has now been revealed to His holy apostles and prophets in the Spirit; 6to be specific, that the Gentiles are fellow heirs and fellow members of the body, and fellow partakers of the promise in Christ Jesus through the gospel, 7of which I was made a minister, according to the gift of God's grace which was given to me according to the working of His power. 8To me, the very least of all saints, this grace was given, to preach to the Gentiles the unfathomable riches of Christ, 9and to bring to light what is the administration of the mysterywhich for ages has been hidden in God who created all things; 10so that the manifold wisdom of God might now be made known through the church to the rulers and the authorities in the heavenly places. 11This was in accordance with the eternal purpose which He carried out in Christ Jesus our Lord, 12in whom we have boldness and confident access through faith in Him. 13Therefore, I ask you not to lose heart at my tribulations on your behalf, for they are your glory.

3:1 "For this reason" Ephesians 3:2-13 is a theological continuation of 2:11-22. Paul repeats this phrase in v. 14, where he continues his prayer to God.

▣ "the prisoner of Christ Jesus for the sake of the Gentiles" When Paul wrote this book he was imprisoned at Rome because of a riot in Jerusalem (cf. Acts 21:27-22:22). The riot occurred when the Jews accused Paul of taking Trophimus, an Ephesian convert, into the Temple. The Jews knew him to be a Gentile and were outraged (cf. 2:14).

Paul felt a specific call to the Gentiles (cf. vv. 2,8; Acts 9:15; 22:21; 26:16,18; Rom. 11:13; 15:16; Gal. 1:16; 2:9; 1 Tim. 2:7; 2 Tim. 4:17).

3:2 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence which is assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. Verses 2-7 form one sentence in Greek. These believers had heard about Paul's ministry and calling. Paul was not the founder of all the churches in Asia Minor.

▣ "of the stewardship of God's grace which was given to me for you" Paul felt he had been entrusted with the gospel (cf. v. 9; 1 Cor. 4:1; 9:17; Col. 1:25; 1 Pet. 4:10). God's grace came to Paul as a gift, vv.7-8, and as a stewardship, v. 2. This is the twin aspect of God's covenant.

As a matter of fact, all believers have been gifted by the Spirit (cf. I Cor. 12:7,11) and declared stewards of the Great Commission (cf. Matt. 28:19-20). It is not the Great Option! It involves both intentional evangelism and Christlike maturity. It is impossible to be a good and faithful steward and not comprehend the assignment!

3:3 "by revelation" This could refer to

1. his Damascus road experience (cf. Acts 9:3-8; 22:6-11; 26:12-18)

2. Ananias' teachings in Damascus (cf. Acts 9:10-19; 22:12-16)

3. the vision in Jerusalem (cf. Acts 22:17)

4. Paul's training by God in Arabia (cf. Gal. 1:12, 17-18)

 

▣ "the mystery" Paul used the term "mystery" over twenty times with several different meanings. Often it is associated with the how and why of the union of believing Jews and Gentiles into one new community, the church (cf. Eph. 2:11-3:13; Col. 1:26-27).

SPECIAL TOPIC: GOD'S PLAN FOR REDEMPTION, "MYSTERY"

NASB"as I wrote before in brief"
NKJV"(as I wrote before in a few words)"
NRSV"as I wrote above in a few words"
TEV"(I have written briefly about this. . .)"
NJB"as I just described it very shortly"

The great reformer, John Calvin, thought this referred to something Paul had written in a previous letter, but it may better be understood to refer to a previous part of Ephesians, probably 2:11-22. This common use of the aorist tense is called an epistolary aorist.

3:4 "when you read" This probably refers to the public readings of Paul's letters in the churches (cf. Col.4:16; 1 Thess. 5:27; Rev.1:3). Remember that Ephesians was a circular letter.

3:5

NASB"in other generations"
NKJV"in other ages"
NRSV"in former generations"
TEV"in past times"
NJB"In past generations"

God is now clearly revealing His age old plan of the redemption of all mankind (cf. Col. 1:26a), Jew and Greek, rich and poor, slave and free, male and female (cf. 1 Cor. 12:13; Gal. 3:28).

▣ "was not made known. . .has now been revealed" These are two passive verbs, which show God's actions in the revelation of this great truth before time (1:3-6), in time (1:7-12), and through time (1:13-14).

▣ "to His holy apostles and prophets" This phrase is also found in 2:20; 4:11. They are "holy" because they were set apart for a specific task. This refers to NT prophets (see Special Topic at 2:20, cf. 4:11; Acts 11:27; 13:1; 15:32; 21:9,10; 1 Cor. 12:28; 14:1-40). Both groups, Apostles and prophets (along with evangelists and pastor/teachers), proclaimed this newly revealed mystery of the gospel, that believing Jew and Gentile now formed one new body, the church.

3:6

NASB"the Gentiles are fellow-heirs and fellow-members of the body, and fellow-members of the promise"
NKJV"the Gentiles should be fellow heirs, of the same body, and partakers of His promise"
NRSV"the Gentiles have become fellow heirs, members of the same body, and sharers in the promise"
TEV"the Gentiles have a part with the Jews in God's blessings; they are members of the same body, and share in the promise"
NJB"pagans now share the same inheritance, that they are parts of the same body, and that the same promise has been made to them"

What a startling revelation of the age-old mystery of God's redemptive plan. In Christ there is no more Jew or Greek (cf. Rom. 2:28-29; 3:22; 10:12; 1 Cor. 12:13; Gal. 3:7-9, 28-29; Col. 3:11). This same word, "fellow-heirs," is also used in Rom. 8:17; Heb. 11:9 and 1 Pet. 3:7.

There are three syn compounds here: (1) "fellow-heirs"; (2) "fellow members of one body"; and (3) "fellow partakers of the promise." Paul uses these syn compounds often to describe the believer's new life in Christ. This is very similar to the three compounds with syn in 2:5-6.

SPECIAL TOPIC: YHWH's ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN

3:7 This could refer to Paul's initial salvation, but in context it seems to refer to God's special gift for his apostolic Gentile mission (cf. Eph. 3:2; 6:20; Rom. 12:3; 15:15-16; 1 Cor. 3:10; 15:10; Gal. 2:9; Col. 1:25).

▣ "a minister" We get the English word "deacon" from this generic Greek verb for minister (diakoneō, cf. Matt. 8:15 or diakonia, cf. 4:12).

▣ "according to the working of His power" Salvation and effective ministry are of God, not Paul (cf. 1:19; Col. 1:29).

3:8-12 This is one Greek sentence. These long sentences are characteristic of Ephesians.

3:8 "the very least of all saints" This is literally "most least," which is a comparative of a superlative (cf. 1 Cor. 15:9; 1 Tim. 1:15). Paul was humbled by his previous life of religious self-righteousness, and aggressive persecution. He was also amazed by God's love for such a persecutor of His church. See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

NASB"unfathomable"
NKJV"unsearchable"
NRSV"boundless"
TEV, NJB"infinite"

What a powerful word to describe God's riches in Christ (cf. Rom. 11:33 and the Septuagint translation of Job 5:9; 9:10). Mankind cannot discover God, but God has chosen to reveal Himself.

▣ "riches of Christ" "Riches" is one of Paul's favorite words (cf. Eph. 1:7,18; 2:4,7; 3:8,16). In chapter 1 he spoke of the riches of God the Father. Here Paul transfers them to the Son! NT authors often allude to Jesus' deity by transferring to Him the titles and functions of YHWH (for example see "God our Savior" and "Christ Jesus our Savior" in Titus 1:3 and 1:4; 2:10 and 2:13; 3:4 and 3:6).

3:9

NASB"to bring to light"
NKJV"to make all people see"
NRSV"to make everyone see"
TEV"to make all men see"
NJB"explaining"

This is literally "to turn on a light" (cf. 1:18; Col. 1:26b). Only the Spirit can bring this revelation to a darkened heart (cf. John 1:4-5; 6:44, 65). We get the English term "photo" from the Greek word.

NASB"the administration of the mystery"
NKJV"the fellowship of the mystery"
NRSV"the plan of the mystery"
TEV"God's secret plan is to be put into effect"
NJB"how the mystery is to be dispensed"

This is literally "stewardship of a household (oikonomia)." This is one of Paul's favorite words for God's eternal plan of redemption in Christ for all the children of Adam (cf. 1:10; 3:2,9; Col. 1:25).

There is a Greek manuscript problem with the term "stewardship" versus "fellowship." "Stewardship" is found in P46, all uncial manuscripts, most minuscule manuscripts, all ancient versions, and all early church father quotes, therefore, "stewardship" is the original word. See the discussion of textual criticism in Appendix Two. For "mystery" se Special Topic at 3:3.

▣ "God, who created all things" This refuted the Gnostic dualism between matter and spirit (cf. 2:10). In the Colossian parallel, Jesus is identified as God the Father's agent in creation (cf. John 1:3,10; Rom. 11:36; 1 Cor. 8:6; Col. 1:15-16; Heb. 1:2-3; 2:10).

3:10

NASB, NKJV"the manifold wisdom of God"
NRSV"the wisdom of God in its rich variety"
TEV"God's wisdom, in all its different forms"
NJB"how comprehending God's wisdom really is"

This is a compound word stressing the "many-colored" wisdom of God. In 1 Pet. 1:6; 4:10 it refers to the manifold sufferings and graces of God. This great multi-faceted truth of God can best be seen in Paul's doxologies in Rom. 11:33-36 and Eph. 3:18-21.

▣ "the church" Ekklesia was used in the Septuagint (LXX) to translate the Hebrew term "assembly (qahal) of Israel" (cf. Exod. 12:6; 16:3; Num. 20:4; Lev. 4:13). This is one of several uses of this term in Ephesians (cf. 1:22; 3:10, 21; 5:23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 32). Paul calls the church the body of Christ both in Ephesians (1:22-23) and in Colossians (1:24). The early church saw itself as the true OT people of God with Christ Jesus the Messiah as Head.

One of the unusual literary relationships between Ephesians and Colossians is that in Ephesians this term refers to the church universal (cf. Matt. 16:18; Gal. 1:13), while in Colossians it usually refers to the local church (1 Cor. 10:32; 12:28; 15:9; Gal. 1:12; Phil. 3:6). This points toward Ephesians as a circular letter.

See Special Topic at Col. 1:18.

▣ "be made known" The angels longed to know God's plan (cf. 1 Pet. 1:12). God used His love for the Church to reveal Himself to mankind and to angels (cf. 2:7; 1 Cor. 4:9).

▣ "to the rulers and the authorities" This refers to angelic levels of authority, both good and evil (cf. Rom. 8:38-39; 1 Cor. 2:8; Eph. 1:21; 6:12; Col. 1:16; 2:10, 15, 20). This was a major theological aspect of the Gnosticism. For them, salvation was the procurement of secret knowledge so that one could pass through these angelic levels (aeons) to reach the high, good god.

A full list of the terms used in the NT for these angelic levels can be seen in George E. Ladd's A Theology of the New Testament, p. 401. These orders and ranks of angelic beings are not defined and discussed in detail anywhere in the NT. Be careful of curiosity and systems of theology that attempt to definitively answer that which the NT leaves ambiguous!

A good example of this caution relates to these angelic ranks. In some passages, they are not evil but possibly structures of this fallen world which enable humans to live apart from God. A good book on this theory would be Hendrik Berkhoff's Christ and the Powers, Herald Press. See Special Topics: Angels in Paul's Writings at 6:12 and Archē at Col. 1:16.

▣ "in heavenly places" This locative (of sphere) neuter plural adjective (epouranious) "in the heavenly places" is only used in Ephesians (cf. 1:20; 2:6; 3:10; 6:12). From the context of all of its usages, it must mean the spiritual realm in which believers live here and now, not heaven.

3:11 "eternal purposes" This is literally "purpose of ages" (cf. 1:9-10). This term is used in the Greek Classics to refer to a set plan. God is not surprised and He has no plan B (Luke 22:22; Acts 2:23; 3:18; 4:28)!

What was God's eternal plan? This is clarified in Genesis 1-3. God created mankind for fellowship; that fellowship was broken by human rebellion. The restoration of God's image and fellowship with mankind (Jew and Gentile) is the goal of God's activity in the Bible. This goal is met through the work of Christ (cf. Gen. 3:15) and the ministry of the Spirit (cf. John 16:8-14).

3:12

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"boldness"
TEV"freedom"
NJB"bold"

This term is used for freedom of speech, but it came to mean confidence in approaching someone in authority (cf. Heb. 4:16; 10:19,35; 1 John 2:28; 3:21).

NASB"confident access"
NKJV"access with confidence"
NRSV"confidence"
TEV"with all confidence"
NJB"in complete confidence"

This term is used in the Septuagint (LXX) for a personal introduction to royalty. The concept is emphasized in Eph. 2:18 and Rom. 5:2. Believers approach the Father through Christ alone (cf. 1 Pet. 3:18). He is their only mediator (cf. 1 Tim. 2:5).

The Reformation emphasis on "the priesthood of the believer" was a reaction to the authoritarian approach of the Catholic Church. However, biblically, the focus is never on "the believer," but on "believers." Western Christianity has magnified the individual to the exclusion of the corporate body. Christians are to be priests in an evangelistic and corporate sense, not an individual privileged position. It is true that humans become believers individually, but Christianity is a corporate experience.

▣ "Through faith in Him" Jesus is God's channel for all spiritual blessings (cf. 1:4, 7, 9, 10 (twice), 12, 13 (twice).

This is literally "faith of him" (cf. Gal. 2:16; 3:22). It is an objective genitive. Believers trust in Christ. He is the trustworthy One!

3:13 "I ask you not to lose heart" This is present middle indicative, meaning "you, yourselves, continue to not lose heart." Grammatically, this can refer to Paul or to the Ephesian church. Most commentators agree that it refers to the churches Paul is addressing in this cyclical letter. Paul uses this phrase often (cf. 2 Cor. 4:16; Gal. 6:9; 2 Thess. 3:13).

"at my tribulation on your behalf" See Special Topic below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: TRIBULATION

"for they are your glory" Exactly how Paul's sufferings (cf. 3:1) are the glory of these Gentile churches is not revealed. Possibly they refer to Paul's salvation and ministry assignment in Acts 9:15-16 (cf. Acts 20:23). Paul was fulfilling his ministry among the Gentiles, therefore, his sufferings opened the door to their salvation. See fuller note on "glory" at 1:6.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:14-19
 14 For this reason I bow my knees before the Father, 15from whom every family in heaven and on earth derives its name, 16that He would grant you, according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with power through His Spirit in the inner man, 17so that Christ may dwell in your hearts through faith; and that you, being rooted and grounded in love, 18may be able to comprehend with all the saints what is the breadth and length and height and depth, 19and to know the love of Christ which surpasses knowledge, that you may be filled up to all the fullness of God.

3:14 "For this reason" Paul returns to his initial purpose (cf. v. 1).

▣ "I bow my knees" Standing, not bowing, was the usual position for Jewish prayer. This shows Paul's intensity (cf. Matt. 6:5; Mark 11:25; Luke 18:11, 12; 22:41; Acts 7:60; Phil. 2:10).

3:14-15 "Father. . .family" This is a play on the Greek terms pater and patria. The Triune God is the paradigm for all loving, loyal families.

3:14-17 "Father. . .Spirit. . .Christ" Notice the work of the Trinity as in 1:3-14, 17; 2:18; 4:4-6. The KJV translation adds "the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ," but this phrase is not in the ancient Greek manuscripts P46, א, A, B, C, nor the Greek texts used by Jerome and Augustine. The addition does occur in the uncial manuscripts א c, D, G, K, and the Greek text used by Chrysostom.

It is true that the term "Trinity" is not used in the NT. However, there are numerous passages where the three divine persons are mentioned in a unified context (cf. Matt. 3:16-17; 28:19; John 14:26; Acts 2:33-34,38-39; Rom. 1:4-5; 5:15; 8:9-10; 1 Cor. 12:4-6; 2 Cor. 1:21-22; 13:14; Gal. 4:4-6; Eph. 1:3-14, 17; 2:18; 3:14-17; 4:4-6; 2 Thess. 2:13; Titus 3:4-6; 1 Pet. 1:2; Jude vv. 20-21).

The concept of three divine persons with one divine essence (i.e., monotheism) is difficult to understand. Yet, if Jesus is deity and the Spirit is a person, then Bible believers are forced to affirm a triune unity. See Special Topic at 1:3.

3:15 "in heaven and on earth" This refers to believers alive and dead (cf. Phil. 2:10).

3:16-19 Paul's prayer can be outlined using two grammatical features.

1. Three purpose clauses (hina)

a. v. 16, God would grant (aorist subjunctive)

b. v. 18, God would fully enable (aorist subjunctive)

c. v. 19b, God would fill (aorist subjunctive)

2. Four aorist infinitives

a. v. 16, "you to be strengthened"

b. v. 17, "Christ to dwell in your hearts"

c. v. 18, "you to comprehend"

d. v. 19, "you to know"

This paragraph reflects Paul's prayer for the believers in all these churches that they be stable and established by God's power through Christ's acts and the Holy Spirit's empowering to resist (1) the false teachers and (2) the persecution of a fallen world.

3:16 "according to the riches of His glory" "Riches" is one of Paul's favorite terms to describe the grace of God in Christ (cf. 1:7,18; 2:4,7; 3:8,16). God's nature is the key to God's power and provisions.

▣ "in the inner man" Spiritual growth is internal, but it is stimulated by external pressure. Paul often uses the contrast between the inner man and the outer man. The inner man is the spiritual aspect, while the outer man is the physical aspect. The inner man is already part of the New Age, the kingdom of God, but the outer man is still dying and struggling with the old age, the old fallen nature, and the fallen world system (cf. Eph. 2:1-3).

3:17 "so that Christ may dwell in your hearts through faith" This is an aorist active infinitive which points toward a specific act of faith. There is a fluidity in the NT between the indwelling of the Son and the Spirit. The Spirit's task is to

1. reveal the need for Jesus (i.e., human sin)

2. reveal Jesus (i.e., the gospel)

3. draw to Jesus

4. baptize into Jesus (cf. 1 Cor. 12:13)

5. form Jesus in believers (i.e., Christlikeness), see Special Topic: Heart at Col. 2:2

See Special Topic: Jesus and the Spirit at Col. 1:26.

▣ "being deeply rooted" This is a perfect passive participle which could be translated "have been and continue to be rooted by God." Paul uses this agricultural metaphor only here and in Col. 2:7. These two perfect passive participles are a way of showing his confidence in these believers and these churches.

▣ "and grounded" This is a second perfect passive participle. This is a construction metaphor. The same mixing of agriculture and construction metaphors is found in 2:20-22 and 1 Cor. 3:9.

3:18-19 "to comprehend. . .to know" These are both aorist infinitives (i.e., there are four aorist infinitives in this prayer, vv. 16-19). This emphasis on knowledge counteracted the exclusive intellectual claims of the Gnostic false teachers. It may refer to the newly revealed mystery of God, the uniting of Jews and Gentiles in Christ (cf. v. 9).

3:18 "may be able" This is the second purpose clause. Paul is praying that all believers be strengthened and enabled to fully understand the gospel (i.e., "comprehend" and "know").

▣ "with all the saints" This term is always plural, except in Phil. 4:21, which also has a corporate context. To be a Christian is to be in community. Also, notice that God's will is the maturity of all believers (cf. Eph. 4:13). See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

3:19 "surpasses" Huperballō. See Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at 1:19. This word is used in 1:19; 2:7; and 3:19. Another huper compound is used in 3:20 (huperekperissou), which is also used in 1 Thess. 3:10 and 5:13.

▣ "filled up to all the fullness of God" This is the third purpose clause in this prayer. This does not refer to the indwelling Christ or Spirit, v. 17, but is a play on the false teachings of the Gnostics, who emphasized fullness (plērōma) as special knowledge which enabled one to pass through all the angelic spheres (aeons) to heaven. Christ is the true "fullness of God" (cf. 1:23; Col. 2:9).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:20-21
 20Now to Him who is able to do exceeding abundantly beyond all that we ask or think, according to the power that works within us, 21to Him be the glory in the church and in Christ Jesus to all generations forever and ever. Amen.

3:20 "to Him who is able" This begins one of Paul's marvelous doxologies which closes the doctrinal section of this circular letter. This is a wonderful title for God used three times in the NT (cf. Rom. 16:25; Jude 24).

SPECIAL TOPIC: PAUL'S PRAISE, PRAYER, AND THANKSGIVING TO GOD

NASB, NKJV"exceeding abundantly"
NRSV"abundantly far more"
TEV"so much more"
NJB"infinitely more"

This is a characteristic Pauline compound superlative meaning, "exceeding, abundantly more" (cf. 1 Thess. 3:10; 5:13). See Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at 1:19. It is bad grammar, but great theology!

▣ "according to the power that works within us," This is a reference to the indwelling Christ through the Spirit (cf. vv. 7, 16-17; Gal. 2:20; Col. 1:27). This permanent indwelling Spirit is the difference between the Old Covenant and the New (cf. Ezek. 36:26-27).

3:21 "be the glory in the church and in Christ Jesus" Here is the exalted place of Jesus' Bride and Body, the Church (cf. 1:23), His blood-bought, Spirit-filled people! The term "church" is from two Greek terms, "out of" and "to call." It was used in Greco-Roman culture for town meetings (cf. Acts 19:32). In Jewish life this term was used to translate the significant theological concepts of "the assembly of Israel" or qahal (cf. Exod. 12:6; 16:3; Lev. 4:13; Num. 14:5; 20:6; Deut. 5:22; 9:10; 10:4; 18:16). The early believers saw themselves as the true and ongoing "People of God" (cf. Gal. 6:16; 1 Pet. 2:5-9; Rev. 1:6).

▣ "forever and ever" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: FOREVER (GREEK IDIOM)

"amen" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: AMEN

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. How did Paul learn his theology?

2. Why does Paul call himself "the least of the saints"?

3. Why was the mystery of God hidden in ages past?

4. What is the purpose of the church to the angelic realm?

5. List the three things Paul asked God to grant the believers in vv. 16-19.

6. What does it mean that Christians are indwelt?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Ephesians 4

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The Unity of the Body Walk in Unity An Appeal to Maintain the Unity of the Faith The Unity of the Body A Call to Unity
4:1-8 4:1-6 4:1-16 4:1-6 4:1-6
  Spiritual Gifts      
  4:7-16   4:7-16 4:7-16
4:9-16        
The Old Life and New The New Man An Appeal to Renounce Pagan Ways The New Life in Christ The New Life in Christ
    (4:17-5:20)    
4:17-24 4:17-24 4:17-24 4:17-19 4:17-24
      4:20-24  
Rules for the New Life Do Not Grieve the Spirit      
4:25-5:5 4:25-32 4:25-5:2 4:25-32 4:25-5:20

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS 4:1-32

A. Chapter 4 begins the practical section of the letter (i.e., "walk," cf. 4:1, 17; 5:2,15). Doctrine must affect lifestyle! Truth is relational! Salvation is not a product, a fire insurance policy, or a ticket to heaven, but an ongoing repentance/faith relationship with Christ which issues in Christlikeness.

 

B. Verses 1-6 focus on the theme of the entire book-unity (cf. 1:10). Unity of believers is based on the unity of the Triune God. The corporate fellowship of the gospel challenges the exclusivism of the false teachers and the Jews. The spiritual qualities that lead to unity are stated in verses 2-3. Unity is every believer's responsibility. Unity is the prayer of Jesus (cf. John 17:11,21-22; also note v. 23).

 

C. Unity must be continuously and intentionally pursued because of the diverse giftedness of the people of God. Every believer has been given an effective ministry gift at salvation (I Cor. 12:7,10). The fact that believers are gifted ministers of Jesus, not which particular gift one possesses, is the key to unity in the church. Believers are one body and must function together.

 

D. The modern western church desperately needs the truth of verses 11-12. Church leaders are gifts to Christ's body (the church), given to help and encourage the entire body to function in ministry. Ministry is the task of all believers. There are no "clergy-laity" categories in the New Testament. If you are a Christian, you are a called, gifted, full-time minister. Not all are called vocationally, but all are called to serve!

The task of church leaders (v. 11) is to train the people of God to do the work of ministry, which is to evangelize the lost and mature the saved (v. 12; Matt. 28:19-20).

E.  Ephesians 4:17-5:20 describes the sins of either paganism (cf. 4:17) or the teachings of the Antinomian Gnostic false teachers. How believers live is crucial! No fruit, no root (cf. Matthew 6; 7:15-23)! Eternal life has observable characteristics! The changed and changing lives of believers are evidence of their salvation (cf. James; I John).

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:1-6
 1Therefore I, the prisoner of the Lord, implore you to walk in a manner worthy of the calling with which you have been called, 2with all humility and gentleness, with patience, showing tolerance for one another in love, 3being diligent to preserve the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. 4There is one body and one Spirit, just as also you were called in one hope of your calling; 5one Lord, one faith, one baptism, 6one God and Father of all who is over all and through all and in all.

4:1 "the prisoner of the Lord" Literally "in the Lord." This is one of Paul's prison letters, probably written in Rome in the early 60's. It is different from 3:1, which has "prisoner of Christ Jesus." Paul saw believers as encompassed by Christ. They live and move and have their being in Him (cf. Job 12:10; Dan. 5:23; Acts 17:28).

▣ "walk in a manner worthy" This begins the practical section of the letter. Unity is maintained by purposeful actions of Christlike living (cf. 2:2, 10; 4:1,17; 5:2, 15; Col. 1:10; 2:6). Christianity is an initial decision followed by lifestyle discipleship (i.e., a gate and a road, cf. Matt. 7:13-14). This follows the same concept as the early designation for the church, "the Way" (cf. Acts 9:2; 19:9, 23; 22:4; 24:14, 22). The term "worthy" is described beautifully in I John 2:6.

Notice that we are to walk worthy because of our calling, not to receive a calling. This pattern follows 2:8-9, 10. We are to do good works because we are saved by grace through faith. Good works and the worthy walk are only possible because we are saved and indwelt by the Holy Spirit! They flow from‒not into. They are the result, not the means (cf. 2:8-9).

Salvation is a gate followed by a way! It is a free gift followed by a "cost everything" lifestyle.

▣ "the calling with which you have been called" This is an aorist passive indicative. The call always comes from God (cf. John 6:44, 65). The word "call" is etymologically related to the term "church" in 3:21. There is an obvious word play on this term (cf. v. 1 [twice] and 4 [twice]).

Believers are called to holiness (cf. 1:4). This is the theological balance to the doctrine of election; mankind must receive God's initiating call (cf. 1:13). The sovereign God has chosen to receive fallen mankind through Christ's work and their repentant faith response (cf. Mark 1:15; Acts 3:16,19; 20:21). The sovereign call and necessary response are the theological twin pillars of both the OT and NT covenants, but the third pillar is godly living. God wants a people who reflect His character (i.e., Holy ones, cf. I Pet. 1:13-25).

SPECIAL TOPIC: CALLED

4:2

NASB, NRSV"all humility"
NKJV"all lowliness"
TEV"be humble"
NJB"complete selflessness"

This term begins a list of Christian virtues which produces unity. "Humility" is uniquely a Christian virtue which was not included in the Greek moralist's (Stoics) list of virtues. Both Moses (cf. Num. 12:3) and Jesus (cf. Matt. 11:29) are described by this term. Paul uses it several times (cf. Phil. 2:3; Col. 2:18, 23; 3:12).

▣ "gentleness" This refers to "domesticated strength" like a trained animal. The KJV translates it "meekness." Wild animals have been tamed to serve mankind. God does not want to break believers' spirits (cf. Psalm 139, He made them), but channel their energies for His purposes. This is one of Paul's favorite metaphors for the Christian life (cf. I Cor. 4:21; II Cor. 10:1; Gal. 5:23; 6:1; Col. 3:12; I Tim. 6:11; II Tim. 2:25; Titus 3:2).

▣ "patience" This term is another favorite of Paul (cf. Rom. 2:4; 9:22; II Cor. 6:6; Gal. 5:22; Col. 1:11; 3:12; I Tim. 1:16; II Tim. 3:10; 4:2). Believers are patient with one another because God is patient with them. Both gentleness and patience are fruits of the Spirit (cf. Gal. 5:22-23).

▣ "showing forbearance to one another in love" This is a present middle participle. Forbearance is another word Paul used often, twelve times in his writings. As God has long-suffering patience with unbelievers (cf. Rom. 2:4; 9:22) believers should continue to deal with the faults and weaknesses (cf. I Tim. 1:6) of other believers in the same gracious way. Believers must put others for whom Christ died before themselves (cf. Rom. 14:1-15:13; Gal. 5:22; Phil. 2:3; 4:5; Col. 3:12-13). This self-giving emulates Jesus (cf. I John 3:16).

4:3

NASB"being diligent to preserve"
NKJV"endeavoring to keep"
NRSV"making every effort to maintain"
TEV"do your best to preserve"
NJB"do all you can to preserve"

This is a present active participle with a present active infinitive. The New English Bible translates it as "spare no effort." Unity is the recurrent motif of the entire letter, much like Philippians. Unity is the will of God for His church (cf. John 17:11,21,23), but it must be aggressively, continually, individually pursued!

▣ "the unity" Remember, the goal is unity, not uniformity! This passage emphasizes oneness to refute the Gnostic emphasis on (1) many emanations and (2) intellectual exclusivism. Believers must sense the need for the health of Christ's Body (the church) and take personal responsibility for its maintenance! This is such a needed truth in our day of individual rights and privileges and personal preferences!

▣ "the bond of peace" Believers are personally responsible for the corporate health and vitality of Christ's body (the church cf. Col. 3:14-15 and I Cor. 12:7). This means you! Only active submission to the good of the whole can maintain peace (cf. Eph. 5:21). See note at 2:15.

4:4 "one body" Paul uses this metaphor often in Ephesians (cf. 2:16; 3:6; 4:4; also Col. 1:18). This refers to the universal church because of the cyclical nature of the book. Most uses of the term "church" in the NT refer to local congregations. The universal church is addressed in Matt. 16:18 and Ephesians. The emphasis is on the unity and oneness of all of God's people and churches.

▣ "one Spirit" This refers to the Holy Spirit. Without the Spirit it is impossible to know God, to come to Christ, and to live the Christian life in unity (cf. John 16:8-15). See note at 3:17. The Gnostics asserted several "spirits" or aeons (i.e., angelic levels).

The term "Trinity" is not a biblical word, but the concept surely is. It is expressed in several passages (cf. Matt; 3:16-17; 28:19; John 14:26; Acts 2:33-34,38-39; Rom. 1:4-5;5:15; 8:9-10; I Cor. 12:4-6; II Cor. 1:21-22; 13:14; Gal. 4:4-6; Eph. 1:3-14,17; 2:18; 3:14-17; 4:4-6; II Thess. 2:13; Titus 3:4-6; I Pet. 1:2; Jude 20-21). If Jesus is divine and the Spirit is a person, then the monotheism of Judaism (cf. Deut. 6:4-6 but notice Isa. 63:9-10) must be reinterpreted in light of one divine essence but three eternally co-existent, co-dependent, personal manifestations. There is mystery here but also clear biblical teaching! See Special Topic at 1:3.

▣ "one hope" Paul uses this term often in several different but related senses. Often it is associated with the consummation of the believer's faith. The consummation is certain, but the time element is future and unknown. See Special Topic: Hope at Col. 1:5.

4:5 "one Lord" This title has both an OT background for YHWH (cf. Exod. 3:14, see Special Topic: Names for Deity at Col. 1:3), and a NT usage in connection with Jesus' deity (cf. Rom. 10:9; I Cor. 12:3; Phil. 2:9-11). There is only one way to be right with God-faith in Christ (cf. John 1:9-18, 3:16; 10:7-18; 14:6; 20:31).

▣ "one faith" This refers either to doctrine (cf. Gal. 1:23; 3:23, 25; Phil. 1:27; Jude 3, 20), which fits the larger context of Ephesians and Colossians, or personal trust, which fits this immediate context best (cf. Gal. 2:16; 3:6-9).

▣ "one baptism" Because of the Trinity being mentioned earlier in this context, this probably refers to water baptism, which was the early church's public confession of faith (cf. Matt. 28:19; Rom. 10:9-13). It symbolized death to the old life and the beginning of the new life in Christ (Rom. 6:4; Col. 2:12).

However, it could refer to Spirit baptism (cf. Acts 2:38; I Cor. 12:13). Even though the Spirit is mentioned in v. 4, these two initial events, one inward (Spirit baptism) and one outward (water baptism), are closely linked in the NT.

4:6 "one God and Father of all" It is somewhat shocking to call God Father (cf. Mal. 2:10). In one important sense all humans are related to God. They have been created by Him, in His image and likeness (cf. Gen. 1:26-27). But in this context, the focus is not on creation but recreation, the second birth, redemption through the efforts of the Triune God (cf. 1:3-14). All humans are not right with God by means of creation, but by personal repentance and faith in the finished work of Christ (cf. Mark 1:15; Acts 3:16, 19; 20:21).

SPECIAL TOPIC: MONOTHEISM

▣ "who is over all and through all and in all" The NT stresses the ultimacy of the Father (cf. I Cor. 3:23; 15:28). This context is one example of how the Bible merges the redemptive actions of the three persons of the Godhead. Here, the Father's indwelling (cf. John 14:23) is emphasized. In Matthew 28:20 and Col. 1:27 the Son's indwelling was emphasized. It is the Spirit, however, to whom this task is normally assigned (cf. John 14:17; Rom. 8:9). This context expresses the priority of the Father (cf. 1:3-14; Rom. 11:36). In Col. 1:16 the same terminology is applied to the Son. There is a fluidity and equality that flows among the persons of the Trinity in their actions which bring salvation to mankind.

The term "all" (pas) is repeated several times for emphasis. Grammatically, it could be neuter, referring to all creation, or masculine, referring to the body of Christ (the church) both corporately and individually.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:7-16
 7But to each one of us grace was given according to the measure of Christ's gift. 8Therefore it says, "When He ascended on high, He led captive a host of captives, And He gave gifts to men." 9(Now this expression, "He ascended," what does it mean except that He also had descended into the lower parts of the earth? 10He who descended is Himself also He who ascended far above all the heavens, so that He might fill all things.) 11And He gave some as apostles, and some as prophets, and some as evangelists, and some as pastors and teachers, 12for the equipping of the saints for the work of service, to the building up of the body of Christ; 13until we all attain to the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, to a mature man, to the measure of the stature which belongs to the fullness of Christ. 14As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by waves and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, by craftiness in deceitful scheming; 15but speaking the truth in love, we are to grow up in all aspects into Him who is the head, even Christ, 16from whom the whole body, being fitted and held together by what every joint supplies, according to the proper working of each individual part, causes the growth of the body for the building up of itself in love.

4:7 "to each one of us grace was given" Notice the switch from the corporate aspect of the church to the individual aspect. Every believer has a spiritual gift, given at salvation by the Spirit for the common good (cf. I Cor. 12:7, 11). The NT lists of the gifts (cf. I Cor. 12:1-13, 28-29; Rom. 12:3-8; Eph. 4:11) are representative, not exhaustive. This can be seen from the fact that the listing of the gifts and the order in which they are listed varies.

Believers are often counterproductive if they

1. boast over their gifts

2. compare one gift to another

3. define the exact characteristics of each gift

The NT does not dwell on these issues. The reality of a called, gifted family of ministers, a kingdom of priests is the issue (cf. I Pet. 2:5,9; Rev. 1:6). Believers are called to service, not privilege!

▣ "according to the measure of Christ's gift" Jesus is God's gift to fallen humanity. His personality ("gifts of the Spirit," I Cor. 12) and ministry ("the fruit of the Spirit," Gal. 5:22-23) are divided among His people to assure the furtherance of the gospel through their unity and cooperation in the Spirit.

4:8 This is a quote from Psalm 68:18, which originally referred to YHWH. The phrase "gave gifts to men" is found in one Aramaic Targum, the Peshitta (Syriac), and Chaldee translations, while "received gifts from men" is in the Masoretic Text (Hebrew text) and the Septuagint (Greek translation). Paul obviously picked an OT translation that reflected his theological purposes. God in Christ has gifted His people. He gifted them for service, not for a privileged position (cf. Matt. 20:25-28; 23:1-12).

▣ "He led captive a host of captives" The Colossian parallel (cf 2:15) implies that this verse refers to a Roman military triumphal parade, in which the defeated forces were displayed. Here it refers to Christ's victory over the hostile spiritual forces of the universe (possibly related to the Gnostic aeons).

4:9 This verse refers to either (1) the Incarnation (cf. Phil. 2:6-11) or (2) Jesus' descent into Hades (cf. Acts 2:31; Rom. 10:6-7; or possibly I Pet. 3:18-20; 4:6; which is reflected in the early creeds of the Church, "descended into hell").

4:10 "far above all the heavens" This is the parallel contrast to "the lower parts of the earth." Jesus left heaven to become a human. He returned to the highest heaven as the victorious Savior! Note the plural, "heavens" (cf. II Cor. 12:2). The rabbis argued whether there were three or seven heavens. It refers to God's presence or throne room as in Revelation 4-5.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HEAVENS

▣ "that He might fill all things" Jesus came to fulfill God's eternal plan for the uniting and redeeming of all mankind as well as physical creation (cf. Rom. 8:19-21). This term "fill" (plēroō, cf. 1:23; 3:19; 4:10; 5:18) was a special term used by the false teachers to describe the angelic levels (aeons). Salvation is not in human knowledge but in repentant faith in Christ's finished work-His incarnation, life, teachings, crucifixion, resurrection, ascension, intercession and promised return.

4:11

NASB"He gave"
NKJV"He Himself gave"
NRSV"the gifts He gave"
TEV"It was he who gave gifts to men,"
NJB"and to some, his gift was"

Christ Himself, or rather the Trinity (cf. 4:4-6; I Cor. 12:4-6), gives spiritual gifts to His/their people. Believers are all gifted ministers. Some are leaders, but all are ministers.

There are several lists of spiritual gifts in Paul's writing (cf. I Cor. 12: 8-10, 28-30; Rom. 12:6-8; Eph. 4:11). These lists are not identical. This implies that these lists are not exhaustive, but representative. For Paul the gifts are aspects of Jesus' ministry given to His body (the church) to continue His ministry. The NT never gives a definitive list of the gifts or a guideline for believers' knowing which gifts they are given. The focus is not on identifying gifts, but on the diverse aspect of ministry. One of the best practical guidelines for knowing one's spiritual gift is found in an IVP booklet called "Affirming the Will of God" by Paul Little. The same guidelines for knowing God's will apply to discovering one's spiritual gift.

▣ "apostles" This is the ongoing usage of the term beyond "The Twelve" (cf. Acts 14:4, 14, Barnabas; Rom. 16:7, Andronicus and Junias; I Cor. 4:6, 9; 12:28-29; 15:7, Apollos; Phil. 2:25, Epaphroditus; I Thess. 2:6, Silvanus and Timothy). Their exact task is uncertain, but it involves proclamation of the gospel and servant leadership of the church. It is even possible that Rom. 16:7 (KJV "Junia") refers to a feminine apostle!

▣ "prophets" The exact function of these gifted believers is also uncertain (cf. Acts 11:28; 21:9-11; 15:32). They are not the same as OT prophets who wrote Scripture. New Testament prophets apply Scripture to new and different situations. They are linked with apostles, evangelists, pastors and teachers because they all proclaim the gospel, but with different emphases. See Special Topic at 2:20.

▣ "evangelists" Surprisingly, in light of Matt. 28:19-20, this gift is mentioned only three times in the NT. Their task in the early church, like the previous two, is uncertain (cf. Acts 21:8; II Tim. 4:5), but again obviously involved proclamation of the gospel and servant leadership. It is possible that these first three gifted leaders had itinerant or regional ministries.

▣ "pastors and teachers" The titles "elders" (presbuteroi), "bishops" (episkopoi), and "pastors" (poimenas) all refer to one function and later office (cf. Acts 20:17, 28; and Titus 1:5-7). The term "elder" had an OT background, while the term "bishop" or "overseer" had a Greek city-state background. The Greek syntax (one conjunction [de] and one article [tous]) links these two titles together as one function, one gifted person who proclaims and explains the gospel to a local situation.

It is interesting that in Rom. 12:7 and 12:28 teachers are listed as a separate gift and pastors are not mentioned at all (unless it is "he who exhorts" in Rom. 12:8). There is so much we moderns do not know about the early church.

4:12

NASB"for the equipping of the saints for the work of service"
NKJV"For the equipping of the saints for the work of ministry"
NRSV"to equip the saints for the work of ministry"
TEV"He did this to prepare all God's people for the work of Christian service"
NJB"so that the saints together make a unity in the work of service"

Leaders are God's gifts given to train the Body of Christ for the work of ministry! The church needs to recapture the power, giftedness and biblical assignment of all the members of the church (clergy - laity, old - young, male - female, cf. Joel 2:28 quoted in Peter's Pentecost sermon in Acts 2). Every Christian is a full-time, God-called, God-gifted minister.

The term "equip" means to cause something to be ready for its assigned purpose. It is used of:

1. broken limbs being healed and made useful again

2. torn fishing nets being mended and thereby able to catch fish

3. ships being fitted with ropes and sails and tacked for sea

4. chicks who had grown large enough to be taken to market

Also, notice the goal is not that only some believers became mature, but all (cf. v. 13). For "saints" see Special Topic at Col. 1:2.

The gifts are given to every believer for the common good (cf. I Cor. 12:7,11). Every believer is a called, gifted, full-time minister of Christ. Not all are "vocational" ministers, but all are servants. The modern church is crippled by (1) a clergy/laity mentality and (2) the concept of salvation as a product instead of a relational process of servanthood!!!

▣ "to the building up of the body of Christ" Paul mixes his building metaphor (cf. 2:20-27) with his body metaphor (cf. 1:23; 4:12; 5:30). Believers are gifted for the common good, not for individual acclaim (I Cor. 12:7). The focus is not on the individual but on the body (cf. v. 4-6). Spiritual gifts are servant towels, not merit badges! Believers are worker bees! See Special Topic: Edify at 2:21.

4:13 "until we all attain" This is an Aorist active subjunctive which denotes an aspect of contingency. It literally means "to arrive at a destination." Note that "all" speaks of our corporate responsibility. Notice the three aspects of maturity mentioned: (1) unity of the faith; (2) knowledge of the Son of God; unto a (3) Christlike maturity. Also, notice the goal is not that some mature, but all!

▣ "the knowledge" This is the compound Greek term (epiginōskō), which implies a full experiential knowledge. This was an obvious rejection of the Gnostic false teachers' emphasis on secret, exclusive knowledge. The believers' knowledge is complete in Christ. This may be a play on the Hebrew concept of "know" as personal relationship (cf. Gen. 4:1; Jer. 1:5; Phil. 3:8,10) versus the Greek concept known as cognitive information. Both are needed for a mature Christianity.

▣ "mature man" This is in contrast to "children" of verse 14. The Greek root (telos) means "complete," "fully equipped," not sinless or perfect (KJV).

4:14 "as a result, we are no longer to be children" This implies that many believers were saved but immature (cf. I Cor. 3:1-3; Heb. 5:11-14). They still did not sense the necessary submission and dedication needed to be servant ministers. Believers must die to self and be alive to God (cf. Rom. 6:1-14; II Cor. 5:14-15; Gal. 2:20; I John 3:16).

NASB"tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, by craftiness in deceitful scheming"
NKJV"tossed to and fro and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men, in the cunning craftiness by which they lie in wait to deceive"
NRSV"tossed to and fro and blown about by every wind of doctrine, by people's trickery, by their craftiness in deceitful scheming"
TEV"carried by the waves and blown about by every shifting wind of the teaching of deceitful men, who lead others to error by the tricks they invent"
NJB"or tossed one way and another and carried along by every wind of doctrine, at the mercy of all the tricks men play and their cleverness in practicing deceit"

This obviously refers to the false teachers, who seem to be a combination of Greek philosophers and Jewish legalists. This phrase refers both to human deception (the false teachers) and angelic deception (craftiness in deceitful scheming). Behind these false teachers lay the activity of the fallen angelic levels (cf. 6:10-12; I Cor. 10:20; Daniel 10). God's people are tricked, manipulated and deceived because they have not matured in Christ. There is a spiritual battle even after conversion. The goal of the Christian is not just heaven when they die but Christlikeness and ministry now (cf. v. 15; Rom. 8:28-30; Gal. 4:19)!

4:15 Believers are not just to speak the truth, but to live and to teach the truth in love (cf. Ezra 7:10). The goal is unity (vv. 2-3)! How different this was from the confusion and rivalry of the false teachers.

4:16 Paul uses the metaphor of the human body to emphasize unity in love, amidst diversity. Disunity opens the door to Satan, his angels, and false teachers (cf. Col. 2:8). See Special Topic: Edify at 2:21.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:17-24
 17So this I say, and affirm together with the Lord, that you walk no longer just as the Gentiles also walk, in the futility of their mind, 18being darkened in their understanding, excluded from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardness of their heart; 19and they, having become callous, have given themselves over to sensuality for the practice of every kind of impurity with greediness. 20But you did not learn Christ in this way, 21if indeed you have heard Him and have been taught in Him, just as truth is in Jesus, 22that, in reference to your former manner of life, you lay aside the old self, which is being corrupted in accordance with the lusts of deceit, 23and that you be renewed in the spirit of your mind, 24and put on the new self, which in the likeness of God has been created in righteousness and holiness of the truth.

4:17

NASB"This I say, and affirm together with the Lord"
NKJV"This I say, therefore, and testify in the Lord"
NRSV"Now this I affirm and insist on in the Lord"
TEV"In the Lord's name, then, I say this and warn you"
NJB"In particular, I want to urge you in the name of the Lord"

This claim of co-affirmation with the Lord shows Paul's apostolic authority and knowledge of Jesus' teachings.

▣ "that you walk no longer" In verses 17-19 there is a series of characteristics of the heathen lifestyle. These new believers themselves used to live like this (cf. v. 28). Paul lists the characteristics of fallen humanity several times in his writings (cf. Rom. 1:29-31; I Cor. 5:11; 6:9; II Cor. 12:20; Gal. 5:19-21; Eph. 4:19,31; 5:3-4; Col. 3:5-9). See Special Topic at Col. 3:5.

How to produce holiness was the major conflict between Paul and the Jewish legalists. Both Paul and the Judaizers wanted a righteous lifestyle in converts. Paul acknowledged the past pagan sins of these believers, but believed that free grace, an indwelling Spirit, and a growing knowledge of the gospel would produce what legalism could not. The performance of the Old Covenant has been replaced by the new heart and mind of the New Covenant (cf. Jer. 31:31-34; Ezek. 36:22-32).

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"in the futility of their mind,"
TEV"whose thoughts are worthless"
NJB"the empty-headed life"

This term means "vain," "empty," "aimless" (cf. Rom. 1:21). Verses 17-19 refer to either (1) the false teachers' speculations or (2) the believers' previous lives in paganism.

4:18 "being darkened in their understanding" This is a perfect passive participle. Their current state of spiritual blindness (as is ours) is a result of (1) supernatural temptation; (2) heretical influence; and (3) personal choice.

▣ "excluded from the life of God" This is another perfect passive participle. This refers to separation from the OT covenant God and His promises (cf. 2:12).

▣ "because of the ignorance that is in them" This refers to self-willed ignorance (cf. Romans 1:18-3:20).

▣ "because of the stubbornness of their hearts" This is the abiding results of the fall (cf. Gen. 3; John 3:17-25). See Special Topic: Heart at Col. 2:2.

4:19

NASB"having become callous"
NKJV"being past feeling"
NRSV"have lost all sensitivity"
TEV"have lost all feeling of shame"
NJB"sense of right and wrong once dulled"

This is another perfect active participle. Fallen humanity had become, and remained, insensitive or hardened beyond feeling, to both natural revelation (cf. Ps. 19:1-6; Rom. 1:18-2:16) and special revelation of the Bible and the Son, the written word (cf. Ps. 19:7-12) and the living Word (cf. John 1:1-14).

NASB"having given themselves over to sensuality"
NKJV"having given themselves over to licentiousness"
NRSV"have abandoned themselves to licentiousness"
TEV"give themselves over to vice"
NJB"have abandoned themselves to sexuality"

This literally means "open shamefulness" (cf. Rom. 1:24, 26, 28). Fallen humanity has abandoned all restraints, social and spiritual. These false teachers even shocked other pagans.

NASB"for the practice of every kind of impurity with greediness"
NKJV"to work all uncleanness with greediness"
NRSV"greedy to practice every kind of impurity"
TEV"and all sorts of indecent things without restraint"
NJB"eagerly pursue a career of indecency of every kind"

This means more and more for me at any cost (cf. Col. 3:5). Fallen humanity has lost the sense of corporate good. Humans live only for themselves, for the moment. This is the curse of the Fall of Genesis 3. It is so clearly manifested in modern western society!

4:20 "but you did not learn Christ in this way" This is a strong contrast between Christ's preachers and the false teachers. Verse 17 implies a contrast between their previous life in paganism and their new life in Christ.

4:21 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence which was assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. These believers had heard the truth.

▣ "Jesus" This was a rare use of the name "Jesus" by itself, in Paul's writings. It may be related to the false teachings concerning Jesus the man (i.e., His humanity) versus Christ the Spirit (i.e., His deity). In Gnosticism Jesus could not be fully God and fully man because "spirit" (i.e., God) is good, but matter (i.e., humanity) is evil. They would assert His deity but deny His humanity (cf. I John 4:1-6). It is interesting that modern society has reversed this heresy.

4:22 "lay aside" There are three aorist infinitive clauses in vv. 22, 23 and 24. Clothing is used as a metaphor to describe spiritual characteristics (cf. Job 29:14; Ps. 109:29; and Isa. 61:10). This was also an emphasis on the need for repentance and a resulting changed life (cf. Mark 1:15; Acts 3:16,19; 20:21).

NASB"your former manner of life"
NKJV"your former conduct"
NRSV"your former way of life"
TEV"which made you live as you used to"
NJB"give up your old way of life"

The KJV translation has "conversation," which meant "lifestyle" in a.d. 1611 when that translation was written. This clearly shows the need for updating translations! No translation is inspired. Their job is to communicate the gospel to one or more generations. Only the original message given by God is inspired.

▣ "the old self" This refers to mankind's fallen characteristics and propensities in Adam (cf. Rom. 6:6; Col. 3:9). It is the priority of self, independence from God, more and more for me at any cost!

4:23 "you be renewed in the spirit of your mind," This is a present passive infinitive. Believers are to continue to be made new in their thinking by allowing the Spirit to develop the mind of Christ in them (cf. Rom. 12:2; Titus 3:5). This is an aspect of the "new covenant" from Jer. 31:31-34 (cf. Ezek. 36:22-38).

4:24 "put on" This is an aorist middle infinitive. This is the clothing metaphor which emphasizes the continuing decision to be in Christ (cf. Rom. 13:14; Gal. 3:27; Col. 3:8,10,12,14; James 1:21; I Pet. 2:1). This terminology of putting on Christ may have even been connected to the ordinance of baptism in the early church, where new converts put on clean, white clothing after baptism. It denotes a volitional choice!

▣ "new self" This is a metaphor for the new life in Christ. Peter called it "partaking of the divine nature" in II Pet. 1:4. This is in contrast to the old fallen Adamic nature of v. 22.

▣ "in the likeness of God" Believers should have the family characteristics of God (cf. Rom. 8:28-29; Gal. 4:19). The Bible emphasizes our position in Christ and also our need for progressive Christlikeness. Salvation is free, but maturity costs everything! Christianity is both a death and a life, a point and a process, a gift and a reward! This paradox is very difficult for modern people to grasp. They tend to emphasize one aspect or the other. See Special Topic below.

SPECIAL TOPIC: RIGHTEOUSNESS

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:25-32
 25Therefore, laying aside falsehood, speak truth each one of you with his neighbor , for we are members of one another. 26be angry, and yet do not sin; do not let the sun go down on your anger, 27and do not give the devil an opportunity. 28He who steals must steal no longer; but rather he must labor, performing with his own hands what is good, so that he will have something to share with one who has need. 29Let no unwholesome word proceed from your mouth, but only such a word as is good for edification according to the need of the moment, so that it will give grace to those who hear. 30Do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, by whom you were sealed for the day of redemption. 31Let all bitterness and wrath and anger and clamor and slander be put away from you, along with all malice. 32Be kind to one another, tender-hearted, forgiving each other, just as God in Christ also has forgiven you.

4:25 "lay aside" This is an aorist middle participle used as an imperative. It continues the metaphor of clothing (cf. v. 24). The believer needs to make an initial decision followed by repeated (i.e., daily, even hourly) decisions to live a holy life. See Special Topic: Vices and Virtues in the NT at Col. 3:5.

▣ "falsehood" This refers to either

1. lying

2. "the lie" of unbelief as it was used in I John 2:22

3. the message of the false teachers

 

▣ "speak truth each one of you with his neighbor," This is a quote from Zechariah 8:16. Notice Paul quotes the OT as encouragement for new covenant believers (cf. v. 26). The OT is not a means of salvation, but it is still the revealed and authoritative revelation of God (cf. Matt. 5:17-19). The OT still functions in sanctification, just not in justification. See Special Topic: Truth at 1:13.

▣ "for we are members of one another" The "body" is one of Paul's metaphors for the church (cf. I Cor. 12:12-30). Believers are gifted for the common good (cf. I Cor. 12:7). Believers live for the family. They cannot live as isolated individuals.

4:26 "Be angry, and yet do not sin" This is a present middle (deponent) imperative. This is a quote from Ps. 4:4. There are some areas of life where anger is appropriate, but it must be handled properly (i.e., Jesus cleansing the temple, cf. John 2:13-17).

 This begins a series of present imperatives with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act already in progress (cf. vv. 26, 27, 28, 29, and 30).

▣ "Do not let the sun go down on your anger" This may have been an allusion to Deut. 24:15. The Jewish day began at sunset (cf. Gen. 1:5). Anger is a powerful emotion which must be dealt with quickly. This may refer metaphorically to time or literally to sleep which allows anger to become a subconscious force.

4:27

NASB"do not give the devil an opportunity"
NKJV"nor give a place to the devil"
NRSV"do not make room for the devil"
TEV"don't give the Devil a chance"
NJB"or else you will give the devil a foothold"

This is a present active imperative with the negative particle which usually implies to stop an act in process. Anger which is not godly is an opening for spiritual attack; even godly anger (cf. John 2:13-17; Matt. 21:12-13) must be dealt with quickly (cf. Eph. 6:10-18).

The term "devil" is a Greek compound (diabolos) which meant "to throw across" (cf. Acts 13:10; Eph. 4:27; 6:11; I Tim. 3:6,7; II Tim. 2:26). It was a metaphorical way of referring to the OT angel, Satan the accuser. Paul referred to Satan in several passages (cf. Acts 26:18; Rom. 10:20; I Cor. 5:5; 7:5; II Cor. 2:11; 11:14: 12:7; I Thess. 2:18; II Thess. 2:9; I Tim. 1:20; 5:15). Satan was apparently an angelic being who rebelled against God (cf. Gen. 3; Job 1-2; Zech. 3). It is biblically difficult to talk about Satan because

1. the Bible never speaks definitively of the origin or purpose of evil

2. the OT texts which are usually seen as possibly related to Satan's rebellion are specifically directed to the condemnation of prideful earthly rulers (King of Babylon, Isaiah 14 and King of Tyre, Ezekiel 28) and not Satan (see Special Topic: Personal Evil at 2:2)

It is obvious from several NT passages that there was conflict in the spiritual realm (Matt. 4:10; 12:26; 16:23; John 13:27; 14:30; 16:11; Acts 5:3; II Cor. 4:4. Eph. 2:2; I John 5:19; Rev. 2:9,13,24; 3:9; 12:9; 20:2,7). Where, when, and how are all mysteries. Believers do have an angelic enemy (cf. 2:2)!

The relationship between God and Satan has developed from one of service to antagonism. Satan was not created evil. His adversarial work in Genesis 3, Job 1-2 and Zechariah 3 were within God's will (cf. A. B. Davidson's An Old Testament Theology, pp. 300-306, for the development of evil in the Bible). It provided a test for human loyalty and trustworthiness. Mankind failed!

4:28 "he who steals must steal no longer" The new life in Christ has the potential and goal to radically and permanently change one's actions and character. This change is an evidence of one's salvation and a witness to the lost.

▣ "he must labor" This is a present active imperative. Judaism held manual labor in high regard; so too, did early Christianity (cf. I Thess. 4:11; II Thess. 3:10-12).

▣ "in order that he may have something to share with him who has need" Labor is not only the will of God for mankind, but a way to share with those in need. Believers are stewards of God-given prosperity (cf. Deut. 8:11-20), not owners. Our giving is a true barometer of our spiritual health (cf. II Corinthians 8-9).

SPECIAL TOPIC: WEALTH

4:29

NASB"Let no unwholesome word proceed from your mouth"
NKJV"Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth"
NRSV"Let no evil talk come out of your mouth"
TEV"Do not use harmful words in talking"
NJB"Guard against foul talk"

This term literally was used of something rotten or of crumbling stone work (cf. Matt. 7:17-18; 12:37; Luke 6:43). It came to be used metaphorically of something "corrupt," "depraved," "vicious," "foul," or "impure." In context it refers to the teachings and lifestyles of the false teachers (cf. Col. 3:8). It does not, in this context, refer to jokes, or coarse jesting (cf. 5:4; Col. 4:6). Jesus taught that speech reveals the heart (cf. Mark 7:15; 18-23). See Special Topic: Human Speech at Col. 3:8.

▣ "but only such a word as is good for edification" One evidence of God-given spiritual gifts is that they edify the whole body (cf. Rom. 14:13-23; I Cor. 14:4,5,12,17,26). Believers must live, give, and minister for the good of the body (the church, cf. I Cor. 12:7), not for themselves (cf. v. 3). Again the corporate aspect of biblical faith is emphasized above individual freedom (cf. Rom. 14:1-15:13). See Special Topic: Edify at 2:21.

▣ "that it may give grace to those who hear" In context this cannot mean "grace," as in salvation, but goodness or favor to other believers, especially those tempted and tested by (1) false teachers (cf. II Pet. 2:1-21) or (2) the pull of one's previous life in paganism (cf. II Pet. 2:22).

4:30 "Do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God" This is a present active imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act in process. This expresses the truth that the Spirit is a person. It also shows that believers' actions cause pain to the Holy Spirit (cf. I Thess. 5:19). This may be an allusion to Isa. 63:10. The Spirit's goal for all believers is Christlikeness (cf. 1:4; 2:10; 4:13; Rom. 8:28-29; Gal. 4:19). See Special Topic: The Personhood of the Spirit at 1:14.

▣ "by whom you were sealed" This is an aorist passive indicative. This sealing is done by the Spirit at salvation (cf. Eph. 1:13-14; Rev. 7:2-4). Sealing was a cultural sign of ownership, security, and genuineness. Believers belong to Christ! See Special Topic: Seal at 1:13.

▣ "for the day of redemption" This refers to the Second Coming, Resurrection Day, or Judgment Day, depending on one's relationship to Christ. See Special Topic: Ransom/Redeem at Col. 1:14. For a good discussion of this verse see Gordon Fee, To What End Exegesis? pp. 262-275.

4:31 "all bitterness" This refers to a settled state of animosity with no chance of reconciliation.

▣ "wrath" This (thumos) refers to a fast burning anger or rage (cf. II Cor. 12:20; Gal. 5:20; Col. 3:8).

▣ "anger" This (orgē) refers to a slow burning or settled resentment (cf. II Cor. 12:20; Gal. 5:20; Col. 3:8).

▣ "clamor" This refers to an outcry (cf. Matt. 25:6; Acts 23:9). In this context it might refer to loud threats or charges of wrong doing by the false teachers or their followers.

▣ "slander. . .with all malice" This may also reflect the techniques of the false teachers. This list shows the problems caused by (1) the false teachers or (2) the characteristics that cause disunity. These same sins are also listed in Col. 3:8.

▣ "put away" This is an aorist passive imperative. Believers must allow the Spirit to remove these characteristics of the old, fallen, Adamic nature once and for all. As salvation involves a decisive personal choice, so does the Christian life.

4:32 "Be kind to one another, tender-hearted, forgiving each other" This is contrasted with v. 31. It is a present middle (deponent) imperative. These are the positive continuing commands (cf. Col. 3:12-13) that

1. please the Spirit

2. build the fellowship of the saints

3. attract lost people

 

"just as God in Christ also has forgiven you" This is the underlying motive for believers' actions, the actions of Christ toward them (cf. Matt. 6:12, 14-15; 18:21-35; Phil. 2:1-11; I John 3:16).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. List the characteristics of "worthy lives." How does your life compare?

2. Why is unity so important?

3. What is Paul stressing in verses 4-6?

4. Does every Christian have a spiritual gift? When do they receive it? Who gives it? For what purpose?

5. What is the goal of the church?

6. List the plight of the heathen (vv. 17-19).

7. List three things that the Christian should do (vv. 22-24).

8. List the four vices of Christians listed in vv. 25-31.

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Ephesians 5

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Rules for the New Life Walk in Love An Appeal to Renounce Pagan Ways Living in the Light The New Life in Christ
    (4:17-5:20)   (4:17-5:20)
4:25-5:5   4:25-5:2   4:25-5:20
  5:1-7   5:1-2  
    5:3-5 5:3-5  
Walk as Children of Light Walk in Light      
5:6-14   5:6-14 5:6-14  
  5:8-14      
  Walk in Wisdom      
5:15-20 5:15-21 5:15-20 5:15-17  
      5:18-20  
Wives and Husbands Marriage and the Church The Christian Household Wives and Husbands The Morals of the Home
5:21-32   (5:21-6:9) 5:21 (5:21-6:9)
  5:22-33 5:22-24 5:22-24 5:21-6:4
    5:25-6:3 5:25-33  

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS TO EPHESIANS 5:1-6:9

A. Chapter 5:1-14 is an extension of 4:17-32. It deals with the Christian life and expresses what Christians should and should not do.

 

B. Chapter 5:3-5 turns from the self-giving love of Christ in verse 2 to the self-centered, worldly love of fallen mankind (cf. 4:25-32). 

 

C. Verses 8-18 contrast the false teachers with the true believers

1. darkness, v. 8 light, v. 8

2. unfruitful deeds of darkness, v. 11 the fruit of light, v. 9

3. disgrace. . .in secret, v. 12 expose them, vv. 11,13

4. unwise men, v. 15 wise, v. 15

5. foolish, v. 17 understand God's will, v. 17

6. filled with wine, v. 18 filled with the Spirit, v. 18

 

D. The present passive imperative of 5:18, "ever be filled with the Spirit," is defined by five present participles (cf. vv. 19-21). This is the definitive passage on the filling of the Spirit in the NT.

 

E.  Paul illustrates the Spirit-filled life by using the Christian home as an example. He writes of

1.  husbands and wives, 5:22-31

2. parents and children, 6:1-4

3. masters and household slaves, 6:5-9

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:1-2
 1Therefore be imitators of God, as beloved children; 2and walk in love, just as Christ also loved you and gave Himself up for us, an offering and a sacrifice to God as a fragrant aroma.

5:1 "be imitators of God," This is a present middle (deponent) imperative. The English word "mimic" comes from this Greek root. In 4:32 and 5:2 an imitator of God is defined as one who (1) forgives and (2) walks in love and selflessness like Jesus. These actions establish and maintain unity (cf. 4:2-3). Believers must strive for the corporate good of the body, not individual rights, privileges, or freedoms (cf. 4:3).

▣ "as beloved children" Believers were called by the same theologically significant title as Jesus (cf. 1:6). Believers are loved because He is loved. They are to reflect the family characteristics of the Father. Jesus and the Spirit restore the image of God in human beings marred in the fall of Genesis 3.

5:2 "walk" This is a present active imperative, which is a biblical metaphor of lifestyle (cf. 4:1, 17; 5:2,15). Christianity is an initial decision followed by lifestyle discipleship. It is a point in time, a process through time, and a culmination beyond time! See Special Topic: Greek Verb Tenses for Salvation at Eph. 1:7.

▣ "just as Christ also loved you" The ancient Greek manuscripts differ between "us" and "you." "Us" is in P46, א a, D, G, and K; "you" is in א, A, and B. "You" seems best in context. Jesus is our example (cf. I John 4:11).

▣"gave Himself up for us an offering and a sacrifice to God" This refers to the substitutionary, vicarious atonement of Christ (cf. Isaiah 53; Mark 10:45; Rom. 5:8; 8:32; II Cor. 5:21; Phil. 2:6-11; I Thess. 5:9). The Greek preposition huper with the genitive (ablative) is almost synonymous to the Greek preposition "anti" meaning "instead of." The Greek manuscript evidence for "you" instead of "us" in this phrase is overwhelming: "you" is in P46, P49, א, A, D; "us" is only in B.

▣ "as a fragrant aroma" This was an OT sacrificial metaphor for God's acceptance of a sacrifice (cf. Gen. 8:21; Exod. 29:18; Lev. 1:9, 13; Ezek. 20:41; II Cor. 2:14; Phil. 4:18). As the sacrifice burned it produced smoke which rose upward. It was removed from the visible realm to the invisible, from the physical realm to God's realm.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:3-5
 3But immorality or any impurity or greed must not even be named among you, as is proper among saints; 4and there must be no filthiness and silly talk, or coarse jesting, which are not fitting, but rather giving of thanks. 5For this you know with certainty, that no immoral or impure person or covetous man, who is an idolater, has an inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God.

5:3 "immorality" This is the Greek term (porneia), from which we get the English "pornography." In the NT it spoke of going beyond the accepted sexual guidelines. It could refer to

1. sexual immorality (cf. Matt. 21:31-32; Mark 7:21; Acts 15:20, 29)

2. adultery (cf. Matt. 5:32; 19:9

3. incest (cf. I Cor. 5:1)

4. lewdness (cf. Rom. 1:29)

In the OT there was a marked difference between the terms "adultery," where one party was married, and "fornication" which referred to pre-marital sexual activity. This distinction is lost in NT Greek where it refers to inappropriate sexual activity of any kind (extra-marital, pre-marital, homosexual, or bestial).

▣ "any impurity" This is the Greek term "clean" with the alpha privative which negates the word to which it is prefixed. These three terms in v. 3, "immorality, impurity and greed," all relate to (1) the activities of the false teachers (cf. II Tim. 3:6), and/or (2) the pagan culture out of which these converts had come, where sexual activity was often associated with pagan worship.

▣ "greed" This term conveys the idea of "more and more for me at any cost." Because it is in a list of sexual sins it probably relates to self-centered sexual exploitation (cf. Col. 3:5).

▣ "even be named among you" This is a present passive imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act in process. These sins were occurring in the church. Believers must guard against sins, and rumors/suspicions of sins (cf. I Thess. 5:22). We must model as well as speak the gospel.

▣ "is proper among saints" This is parallel to "which is not fitting" in v. 4. See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

5:4 Believers must be careful of their speech. It reveals who they truly are (cf. Mark 7:15, 18-23; Col. 3:18; Eph. 4:19; James 3:1-12). See Special Topic at Col. 3:8. This is the second group of sins mentioned in chapter 5. Both groups had three elements. This is similar to 4:17-32.

▣ "but rather giving of thanks" True believers are revealed by their thankful heart which is not related to circumstances (cf. 5:20; Col. 3:17; I Thess. 5:18). See Special Topic: Thanksgiving at Col. 4:2.

5:5 "for this you know with certainty" This phrase is very emphatic. It has two forms of the two Greek verbs "to know": (1) the perfect active indicative or imperative form of oida and (2) the Present active participle form of gnōskō. The false teachers claimed to have full, secret knowledge about God, but believers must understand that a person's lifestyle reveals true knowledge and wisdom (cf. Matthew 7).

▣ "that no immoral or impure person or covetous man," All these terms are repeated from v. 3 "immoral" (porneia). This is the masculine form of the term in v. 3, it is possibly a reference to male prostitutes, sodomites, or the sexual activities of the false teachers.

▣ "who is an idolater" The parallel is in Col. 3:5. A similar statement is found in I John 5:21. When sex becomes the focal point of our lives, it becomes our god! When money becomes the focal point of our lives, it also becomes idolatrous (cf. Matt. 6:24). Some commentators see this phrase as referring to all of the sins mentioned in the context (vv. 3-5).

▣ "has an inheritance" Believers' lifestyles show who their father is, God or the evil one (cf. Matt. 7; I John 3:6, 9).

▣ "in the Kingdom of Christ and God" The grammatical structure and genitive article link Christ and God as one (cf. Luke 22:29; Col. 1:13). This is one way NT authors assert Christ's Deity.

The "kingdom" was a recurrent and central topic in Jesus' preaching. It refers to the reign of God in human hearts now which will one day be consummated over all the earth (cf. Matt. 6:10). One day all humans and angels will acknowledge Christ as Lord (cf. Phil. 2:10-11), but only those humans who have repented and believed the gospel will be part of His eternal kingdom (Dan. 7:13; I Cor. 15:27-28).

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE KINGDOM OF GOD

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:6-14
 6Let no one deceive you with empty words, for because of these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience. 7Therefore do not be partakers with them; 8for you were formerly darkness, but now you are Light in the Lord; walk as children of Light 9(for the fruit of the Light consists in all goodness and righteousness and truth), 10trying to learn what is pleasing to the Lord. 11Do not participate in the unfruitful deeds of darkness, but instead even expose them; 12for it is disgraceful even to speak of the things which are done by them in secret. 13But all things become visible when they are exposed by the light, for everything that becomes visible is light. 14For this reason it says, "Awake, sleeper, And arise from the dead, And Christ will shine on you."

5:6 "Let no one deceive you" This is a present active imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act in process. This referred to the message and lifestyle of the false teachers, who were a mixture of libertine Gnostics and Jewish legalists (which seem so incompatible). There is so much we moderns do not know about the heretics of the first century.

▣ "with empty words" This may refer to the libertine or Gnostic teachings that sex sins do not affect the spiritual life. For them salvation was found in secret knowledge of the angelic levels. They totally separated justification from sanctification. This heresy is still alive and well!

▣ "the wrath of God comes" This is a Present tense. It refers to either (1) temporal judgment (cf. John 3:36; Rom. 1:18-32; 2:8-9; 9:22; Col. 3:6 I Thess. 2:16); and/or (2) future eschatological judgment (cf. Matt. 25:31ff; Rom. 5:9; I Thess. 1:10; 5:9). God's wrath is as revelatory as God's love.

While on this subject of the wrath of God, let me be clear about my understanding of its implications. First it is a theological tragedy to over-emphasize or under-emphasize this truth. God is angry with the way mankind treats His word, His world, His will, and each other. This is not the world that God intended it to be! All human beings will give an account to God for how they lived their lives (cf. Gal. 6:7; II Cor. 5:10). However, it is important to recognize the biblical perspective on this doctrine. Deuteronomy 5:9 compared with 5:10 and 7:9 sets the pattern. As judgment runs to the third and fourth generations, God's love and faithfulness runs to a thousand generations. In Isaiah 28:21 judgment is called God's "strange" work (cf. Lam. 3:32-33; Ps. 103:8-14). Judgment is necessary in a moral universe, but is unpleasant to God. Hell is an open bleeding sore in God's heart that will never be healed. He loves all humans made in His image (cf. Gen. 1:26-27; 5:1; 9:6). He wants to redeem all humans and He has promised to do so for all who will repent and believe in Him (cf. Gen. 3:15; Ezek. 18:23,32; I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9).

▣ "the sons of disobedience" This is a Hebraic idiom (cf. 2:2; Col. 3:6). Covenant obedience is a characteristic of God's children. Disobedience is a characteristic of Satan's followers.

5:7 "do not be partakers with them" This is literally "co-holders." It is a present imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act already in process. Paul uses a compound with syn here as he did in 2:5-6 and 3:6. This same phrase is repeated in verse 11. Not only must believers flee entanglement in sin or even the appearance of sin, they must also carefully choose their friends and associates. The close friends we choose, like the words we speak, reveal our hearts.

5:8-9 "darkness. . .light" This is very similar to John's dualism (cf. 1:4-5,7-8; 3:19; 8:12; 9:5; 12:46). These contrasting terms were universal symbols for good and evil which predate and are common in the literature of the Dead Sea Scrolls, which was a Jewish separatist desert community.

 The imperfect active verb in the first phrase describes their previous life as continuously sinning (cf. Gen. 6:5, 11-12: 8:21; Ps. 14:3; 58:3; Jer. 12:9).

5:8 "but now you are light in the Lord" What a strong contrast (cf. Matt. 5:19; John 8:12).

▣ "walk as children of light" This is another present active imperative (cf. John 3:19-21; I John 1:7). Believers' words, lifestyles, and priorities reveal who they are!

▣ "children of" This is a Hebrew idiom for "characteristics," as is "sons of" in v. 6. Conversion is evidenced by a changed life. This was spelled out in v. 9. No fruit, no root (cf. Matt. 5-7; James, and I John).

5:9 "fruit of light" The KJV has "fruit of the Spirit," which is in the ancient Greek manuscripts P46, Dc, and I. However, P49, א, A, B, D, G, P and the immediate context (v. 8), demand "fruit of light." Even the NKJV has this. The KJV follows the Western family of Greek manuscripts which assimilated the wording from Gal. 5:22.

▣ "righteousness" See Special Topic at Eph. 4:24.

5:10

NASB"trying to learn"
NKJV"proving"
NRSV"trying to find out"
TEV"try to learn"
NJB"try to discover"

This Greek term (dokimazō) "prove" (cf. Rom. 12:2; II Cor. 8:8,22; 13:5; Gal. 6:4; I Thess. 5:21; I Tim. 8:10; Heb. 3:9) or "try" (cf. I Cor. 3:13; I Thess. 2:4; I Pet. 1:7; I John 4:1) has the connotation of "to test with a view toward approval." This was a metallurgical term used of testing coins for genuineness. See Special Topic at Phil. 2:22.

5:11 "do not participate in" This is literally "co-fellowshippers." It is another syn compound. This is a present active imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act already in process. This refers to

1. intimate social contact

2. pagan worship settings

3. false teachers' meetings (cf. v. 12)

 

▣ "expose them" This is another present active imperative. How do believers expose evil? Because of v. 12 this phrase seems to mean "to expose by our own godly lifestyle" or by the proclamation of the gospel. Light cannot coexist in fellowship with darkness (cf. John 3:17-19).

5:14 "awake, sleeper. . .Christ will shine on you" This is either a loose quote from Isa. 29:19 or possibly 51:17; 52:1; 60:1 or an early Christian hymn (cf. Phil. 2:6-11; I Tim. 3:16; II Tim. 2:11-13). It is in metrical form. Paul used lyrical material from

1. the OT (from several translations)

2. Christian hymns

3. Christian creeds

4.  even pagan writers

 

▣ "sleeper. . .dead" This refers to the spiritual blindness, and the spiritual deadness of unbelievers (cf. 2:1; II Cor. 4:4).

▣ "Christ will shine on you" Jesus is depicted here as the glorified morning star (cf. Isa. 9:1-2; 59:8; 60:1; Luke 1:78-79), the opposite of Lucifer, (cf. Isa. 14:12). Light is an ancient symbol of healing, health, truth, knowledge, and goodness (cf. Mal. 4:2).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:15-21
 15Therefore be careful how you walk, not as unwise men but as wise, 16making the most of your time, because the days are evil. 17So then do not be foolish, but understand what the will of the Lord is. 18And do not get drunk with wine, for that is dissipation, but be filled with the Spirit, 19speaking to one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing and making melody with your heart to the Lord; 20always giving thanks for all things in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ to God, even the Father; 21and be subject to one another in the fear of Christ.

5:15 "be careful how you walk" This is a present active indicative, not another present active imperative. It is a statement of fact, not a command. "Walk" is a biblical metaphor for lifestyle (cf. 4:1,17; 5:2).

▣ "not as unwise men, but as wise" Wisdom is revealed in godly living (cf. Col. 4:5), not in the false teachers' knowledge or godless freedom.

5:16 "making the most of your time" This is a Present middle participle. It is a marketing term which meant "to buy out something completely" at a good time or price. Believers are to take advantage of every spiritual opportunity (cf. Col. 4:2-6; I Pet. 3:15) because we know that the night is coming when no one can work. There is an open window in time for the gospel. We must seize the moment!.

5:17 "do not be foolish" This is a present middle (deponent) imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act in process. They were being foolish.

▣ "the will of the Lord" There is no article with "will." Therefore, this is a will of God. The will of God is that we trust in Christ (cf. John 6:29,40), then there are several "wills" for believers. See Special Topic: The Will of God at 1:9.

5:18 "do not get drunk" This is a present passive imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act in process (cf. Pro. 23:30-31). Alcohol and drugs are often used to promote religious experiences. They are also an example of something that controls and characterizes one's life but must be intentionally repeated for effect (addiction). Just as alcohol must be repeated for effect, so too, "the filling" of the Spirit is repeated for effect. As believers volitionally receive Christ for salvation, they must volitionally and repeatedly (present passive) open themselves to the Spirit's ongoing (daily) guidance and control.

▣ "but be filled with the Spirit" This is a present passive imperative meaning "you must continue to be filled with the Spirit" or "ever be filled with the Spirit." This is a command, not an option! It is the normal state for all believers, not the exception. This phrase implies that believers are to be available, sensitive, and obedient to the Spirit's forming of Christ in their daily lives (cf. Rom. 8:28-29; Gal. 4:19; Eph. 1:4; 2:10; 4:13; Col. 1:28). Believers cannot fill themselves, but must allow the Spirit to have freedom and influence. Human performance is not the key to effective living but the Spirit (cf. Gal. 3:1-3). However, believers must volitionally open themselves to the Spirit's leadership and control on a recurrent basis.

The term "filled" is used often in the NT for that which motivates and characterizes one's life. Believers have a choice in what fills their lives. In Acts being "filled" with the Spirit is associated with evangelism. Peter was "filled" several times in Acts 2:4; 4:8,31. Filling was an ongoing need and experience.

The structural parallel (Colossians & Ephesians are based on almost the same outline) in Col. 3:16 changed the "ever be filled with the Spirit" to "let the word of Christ richly dwell within you." They both refer to daily intentional submission to the Spirit's producing Christlikeness, particularly as it relates to dealing with people. Jesus died for people. People are priority; people are eternal.

5:19 "speaking. . .singing. . .making melody" These are the first three of four present active participles which describe the Spirit-filled life. The first three have to do with singing or quoting Psalms. The Spirit has put a song in the hearts of believers for God (cf. Col. 3:16). Praises to God break forth!

This verse is helpful in dealing with the different musical preferences in the church. Notice the variety of musical categories named. Music in worship is a matter of personal taste, not one correct form versus an improper form. It is the attitude of the heart, not the ear. The theology expressed is a concern, but the form of the music is always secondary. Dare we disrupt the church of God over personal preferences! Worship is a matter of the heart, not the beat! Please read Rom. 14:1-15:13 again and again.

▣ "heart" See Special Topic at Col. 2:2.

5:20 "always giving thanks" This is the fourth present active participle. Thanksgiving is another evidence of the Spirit-filled life (cf. 5:4; Phil. 4:6; I Thess. 5:18). It is the biblical worldview by which believers can give thanks in "all things" (cf. Rom. 8:29-30). The Spirit-filled believers know that God is for them and that circumstances are not the source of joy and peace. A book that has been so helpful to my life in this area is Hannah Whithall Smith's The Christian's Secret of a Happy Life! See Special Topic: Paul's Praise, Prayer, and Thanksgiving at 3:20.

5:21

NASB, NRSV"be subject"
NKJV"submitting"
TEV"submit yourselves"
NJB"give way"

This is a present middle or passive participle (see 5:22). It forms a transition from vv. 1-20 to 22-31 and the context continues through 6:9. These five participles define what it means to be Spirit-filled. The parallel passage in Col. 3:16 shows that it refers to daily Christlikeness.

In our day "submission" is a negative, sexist term. Originally it was a military term which related to obedience based on the chain of command. But in the NT it is often used of Jesus' attitude toward His earthly parents (Luke 2:51) and His heavenly Father (I Cor. 15:28). Paul was fond of this term and used it 23 times. Verse 21 is a universal spiritual principle of mutual submission between believers connected to the Spirit-filled life. Submission goes against our cultural, western, individual focused mind-set. Selfishness and dominance are so culturally ingrained, but biblically inappropriate (cf. Rom. 12:10; Gal. 5:13; Phil. 2:3; I John 4:11)!

This verse emphasizes reciprocal submission on the part of all believers. This was not directed toward one group. It needs to be reaffirmed that this context (vv. 22-31) deals with the domestic relationship between Christian husbands and Christian wives, not men and women in general. Women are not spiritually inferior in any sense (cf. Acts 2:16-21; Gal. 3:28).

SPECIAL TOPIC: SUBMISSION (HUPOTASSŌ)

SPECIAL TOPIC: WOMEN IN THE BIBLE

5:21 "to one another " Mutual submission is a universal principle which relates to all believers, but which can only be accomplished through yieldedness to the Spirit (i.e., death to the self-life). It is an evidence of the reversal of the Fall.

NASB, NKJV"in the fear of Christ"
NRSV"out of reverence for Christ"
TEV"because of your reverence for Christ"
NJB"in obedience to Christ"

"Fear" is an OT concept of reverential awe. The holiness and uniqueness of YHWH, or even the presence of the spiritual realm (angels), causes a strong reaction in fallen humanity!

Believers' interpersonal relationships are affected by their faith commitment to Christ. Respect for Him gives respect to all humans for whom He gave His life (cf. Rom. 14:1; 15:13). Believers show their love for Christ by how they love others (cf. I John 4:20).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:22-24
 22Wives, be subject to your own husbands, as to the Lord. 23For the husband is the head of the wife, as Christ also is the head of the church, He Himself being the Savior of the body. 24But as the church is subject to Christ, so also the wives ought to be to their husbands in everything.

5:22 "wives, be subject" There is no verb in the Greek text of v. 22. It is supplied from v. 21 (which is one of five present participles describing the spirit-filled life). In this context it is not a command, but a present middle or passive participle. The only command was directed toward husbands in v. 25 (present active imperative)! Husbands are to act in sacrificial, self-giving love toward their wives, who then voluntarily submit.

However there are several parallel passages which urge the submission of wives to husbands:

1. a Present passive imperative in Col. 3:18

2. a present passive participle in Titus 2:5 used as an imperative

3. another present passive participle in I Pet. 3:5 used as an imperative

These parallel passages force interpreters to take the participle in Eph. 5:21 as a present passive participle used as an imperative (cf. I Pet. 3:1). It is still significant that the voice is passive. Wives must allow the Spirit to perform this task in their lives.

Both the Analytical Greek New Testament by Barbara and Timothy Friberg and An Analysis of the Greek New Testament by Max Zerwick and Mary Grosvenor call this verb a passive voice, but The Analytical Greek Lexicon Revised, edited by Harold K. Moulton; Word Pictures In the New Testament by A. T. Robertson; and "Ephesians" in The Anchor Bible Commentary by Markus Barth call it a middle voice. Koine Greek was in the process of merging these two voices into one.

Paul illustrates the Spirit-filled life by using the three members of the Greco-Roman domestic scene who had no rights-wives, children, and slaves. He showed how the Spirit changes cultural relationships into spiritual relationships, rights into responsibilities.

If the participle is middle it emphasizes the wife's voluntary participation in marital submission for the benefit which comes from a peaceful, loving marriage with a believing spouse. If the participle is passive it denotes the wife's need to allow the Spirit to do His work in her heart (cf. 5:18) which affects both the husband and the children, as well as the domestic slaves. 

▣ "as to the Lord" One should compare Col. 3:18, "in the Lord." It is not that the husband is the ultimate authority, but that wives are to respect their husbands because of their own relationship to Christ. Jesus sets the pattern for both submission to authority (i.e., always the Father's will) and the exercise of authority (i.e., over the church, cf. v. 25).

5:23 "the husband is the head. . .as Christ is the Head" Christ is depicted as the husband and the church as the bride (cf. Rev. 19:7; 21:2,9). Husbands need to act in their God-given leadership position just as Christ did. He gave Himself for the church. It is not a control issue, but a giving-of-self issue.

Male headship is a very controversial issue in our modern western society. This is for several reasons:

1. we do not understand servant leadership

2. we do not like patriarchal societies because of our modern egalitarian emphasis on the worth of the individual

3. we are confused by the Bible's paradoxical way of asserting male headship in some passages and equality in others

In my opinion the answer lies in the example set by Jesus of true headship in relationship to the church and true servanthood (submission) to God the Father. This submission in no way expresses inequality, but administrative functional design. Male headship addresses a kind of leadership which serves the needs of others in a self-giving way. Our modern society rejects authority, yet seeks power!

I can personally accept male headship as a result of the fall (cf. Gen. 3:16; I Tim. 2:12-14). I can also affirm it as a biblical concept in light of Jesus' leadership of the church (cf. Eph. 5:22-33). But what I find difficult to accept is a patriarchal mandate (i.e., male dominated societies) as God's revealed plan for every age and society (cf. Rom. 3:27; I Cor. 12:7, 13; Gal. 3:28-29; Col. 3:11). Does the mutuality so obvious in Gen. 1:27; 2:18 which was lost in Adam and Eve's rebellion (cf. Gen. 3:16), return in salvation? Is the curse of sin and subservience both dealt within Jesus' redemption? As the new age breaks into the lives of believers now, does also the restoration of complete fellowship with God as in Eden also begin now?

I would also like to make a hermeneutical point. As an interpreter of what I believe to be the self-revelation of the one true God and His Christ, I am surprised by the cultural aspect of Scripture. We see it obviously in the OT (circumcision, food laws, leprosy laws, etc.) But it is much more difficult for us as modern Christians to see it in the NT. I am sure this is (1) because of our love and respect for the Bible and (2) our tendency toward propositional literalism.

The two issues which stand out to me to have obvious cultural aspects (1) male dominated societies (patriarchy) and (2) slavery. The NT never attempts to address the unfairness of these cultural pillars of the ancient world. Possibly because to do so would have meant the destruction of Christianity. Yet the gospel through time is abolishing both! God's truth never changes but societies do change. It is a grave mistake for us to attempt to turn first century Greco-Roman culture into God's will for all people in all places and of course the same is true for Israelite culture. Into each of them God revealed Himself in powerful and permanent ways. The real task is how to get the eternal absolutes out of its cultural husk. A good book which discusses this very issue is Fee and Stuart, How to Read the Bible For All Its Worth.

One way to try to determine what is eternal and, therefore, binding on all believers in all periods and what is cultural or personal preference it is to see if the Bible (OT & NT) gives a uniform message or does it record a variety of opinions (cf. Fee and Stuart's How to read The Bible for All Its Worth).

My fear is that I might let my denominational training, personality, culture and personal preferences silence or diminish a revealed truth! My ultimate authority is God and His revelation (i.e., in His Son and in a written record, the Bible). But I realize He revealed Himself to a specific period of history, to a particular culture and everything in that culture was not His will. Yet, God had to speak to people of that culture in terms and categories they could understand. The Bible then is a historical document. I dare not ignore its supernatural aspect or its cultural aspect.

SPECIAL TOPIC: HEAD (KEPHALĒ)

5:24 "but as the church is subject" The form of this verb is either present passive or Present middle indicative (see note at paragraph four at 5:22). As the wife submits to her husband for (1) her own best interest (middle voice) or (2) because she is enabled by God's Spirit (passive voice), so too, the church must submit to Christ.

▣ "church" See notes at 3:10 and Special Topic at Col. 1:18.

▣ "in everything" Christ, not husbands, must be the ultimate authority (cf. Matt. 10:34-39). This verse does not chain a believing wife to an abusive husband nor does it condone evil actions or deeds demanded by an authoritarian husband.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 5:25-6:3
 25Husbands, love your wives, just as Christ also loved the church and gave Himself up for her, 26so that He might sanctify her, having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word, 27that He might present to Himself the church in all her glory, having no spot or wrinkle or any such thing; but that she would be holy and blameless. 28So husbands ought also to love their own wives as their own bodies. He who loves his own wife loves himself; 29for no one ever hated his own flesh, but nourishes and cherishes it, just as Christ also does the church, 30because we are members of His body. 31For this reason a man shall leave his father and mother and shall be joined to his wife, and the two shall become one flesh. 32This mystery is great; but I am speaking with reference to Christ and the church. 33Nevertheless, each individual among you also is to love his own wife even as himself, and the wife must see to it that she respects her husband. 6:1Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is right. 2Honor your father and mother (which is the first commandment with a promise), 3so that it may be well with you, and that you may live long on the earth.

5:25 "Husbands, love your wives" This is a present active imperative which is the only imperative in the paragraph. The husband should set the spiritual atmosphere in the home by continuing to love his wife as Christ loved the church. This was a radically positive statement in its day, but in our day the whole passage seems negative because it reflects the theological concept of male headship in the home (cf. Gen. 3:16; I Cor. 11:3; II Tim. 2:13). However, Christian husbands are servant leaders, not bosses.

▣ "gave Himself up for her" The Greek preposition huper means "on behalf of." This refers to the vicarious, substitutionary atonement of Christ. It is also the kind of self-giving love required of husbands.

5:26 "He might sanctify her" The main verbs in 5:26,27 are both aorist active subjunctives (cf. John 17:17-19; Titus 2:14; Heb. 10:10,14,29; 13:12). The word sanctify is from the root "holy." The purpose of justification is sanctification (cf. 1:4; Rom. 8:29-20). The subjunctive mood adds a note of contingency. As the church must cooperate, so too, the wife.

NASB"having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word."
NKJV"cleanse it with the washing of water by the word"
NRSV"by cleansing her with the washing of water by the word"
TEV"by his word, after making it clean by the washing in water"
NJB"He made her clean by washing her in water with a form of words"

This is possibly an OT metaphor for cleansing (cf. John 15:3; Titus 3:5). It may refer to

1. the liturgy of baptism (cf. Matt. 28:19-20; Acts 2:38; Titus 3:5)

2. the public confession of faith at baptism (cf. Acts 22:16; I Cor. 6:11)

3. a continuation of the marital imagery, a ritual bath of the bride before the ceremony, as a cultural symbol of purity

"The word" probably does not refer to the Bible, but to the words of the administrator of the baptism or of the profession of faith of the candidate.

5:27 "He might present to Himself the Church" This is another aorist active subjunctive, which presents an element of contingency. This seems to refer to the Marriage Supper of the Lamb (cf. Rev. 19:6-9). Just as Jesus' love for the church revolutionized the church, so too, a husband's love for his wife should stabilize and bless the Christian home.

▣ "spot" This is literally "no impurity."

▣ "wrinkle" Literally this means "no sign of age."

▣ "holy" This is from the same root as "sanctify" in v. 26 (cf. 1:4). See Special Topic: Holy at 1:4.

▣ "blameless" This is an Old Testament sacrificial term (cf. I Pet. 1:19). This same concept is mentioned as God's will for the church in 1:4. See Special Topic: Blameless at Col. 1:22.

The cumulative weight of all of these terms is that God desires the complete holiness of His people (Eph. 1:4). The goal of Christianity is Christlikeness (cf. Rom. 8:28-29; Gal. 4:14). The image of God in man will be restored!

5:28 "as their own bodies" When Christian husbands love their Christian wives, they love themselves because in Christ they are "one flesh" (cf. Gen. 2:24). As the Church is the extension of Christ, husbands and wives are an extension of each other.

5:29 "nourishes" This is a bird metaphor that means "to feed to maturity." It is used of the rearing of children in 6:4.

"cherishes" This is another bird metaphor, "to warm." These two terms should motivate every mature Christian husband's actions toward his wife. Husbands are stewards of their wives' (and children's) gifts as well as their own! The spiritual leader of the home must seek the maturity of each member of the family in Christ.

5:30 "we are members of His body" The church as a physical body is one of Paul's corporate metaphors which stresses unity amidst diversity (cf. I Cor. 12:12-27).

5:31 This is a quote from the Septuagint (LXX ) of Genesis 2:24. As the Christian family is an organic unit, so is the church and Christ. The family is to be one inseparable unit, just as the church and her Lord are (cf. John 17:11,21-22) one body (cf. I Corinthians 12). This truth rejects the exclusivism of the false teachers of that day and every day.

5:32 "mystery" The Latin Vulgate has "sacrament," but this is a textual insertion following Roman Catholic sacramentalism. Paul uses the term "mystery" several times probably because it was a favorite term of the Gnostic false teachers. Paul uses it in several ways. Here it relates to the metaphorical comparison between husbands and wives/Christ and the church. For a full discussion see 1:9 and 3:3.

5:33 "love. . .respect" This is a present active imperative and present middle (deponent) subjunctive. The husband is commanded to continue to love his wife as himself (one flesh, v. 31) and wives are called on to yield to and respect their husbands, which would enhance and strengthen the bonds of love between them. This is the summary statement of the entire passage (vv. 21-33).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Why is it so important that believers live godly lives?

2. Why are sex sins emphasized in this context?

3. Can Christians fall from grace by their lifestyles? (cf. v. 5)

4. What does being "filled with the Spirit" involve?

5. Why was 5:22-6:9 seen as so radically positive in its day but so negative in our day?

6. Does 5:22-33 teach that women are to be subject to men?

7. Why does Paul compare the Christian home to Christ and the church?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Ephesians 6

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Children and Parents Children and Parents The Christian Household Children and Parents The Morals of the Home
    (5:21-6:9)   (5:21-6:9)
6:1-4 6:1-4 6:1-3 6:1-3 6:1-4
    6:4 6:4  
Slaves and Masters Servants and Masters   Slaves and Masters  
6:5-9 6:5-9 6:5-8 6:5-8 6:5-9
    6:9 6:9  
The Battle Against Evil The Whole Armor of God God's Armor and the Christian's Warfare The Whole Armor of God The Spiritual Warfare
6:10-20 6:10-20 6:10-17 6:10-13 6:10-13
      6:14-20 6:14-17
    6:18-20   6:18-20
Final Greetings A Gracious Greeting Personal Matters and Benediction Final Greetings Personal News and Final Salutation
6:21-22 6:21-24 6:21-22 6:21-22 6:21-22
6:23-24   6:23-24 6:23-24 6:23-24

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS TO 6:1-9

A. This literary unit begins in 5:22 as Paul uses the Christian home as one example of how the Spirit-filled life (cf. 5:18) impacts daily life.

 

B. Paul's domestic example addresses three pairs:

1. wives and husbands

2. children and parents

3. house slaves and masters

 

C. Paul first addresses those who had no cultural rights or power (wives, children, slaves), but he also addresses those in power (husbands, parents, slave owners).

 

D. This domestic example deals exclusively with a Christian home. The power of mutual respect and love sets the pattern. This context does not address the issue of only one party of the three pairs being Christian. Believers' actions toward others is determined by their relationship to Christ and not by the worth or performance of the other party.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT 6:1-3
 1Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is right. 2honor your father and mother (which is the first commandment with a promise), 3so that it may be well with you, and that you may live long on the earth.

6:1 "children" It is uncertain what age is referred to here. In Jewish life a boy became a man, responsible to the Law and marriageable, at the age of 13 (i.e., bar mitzvah); a girl became a woman at the age of 12 (i.e., bath mitzvah). In Roman culture a boy became a man at age 14, in Greek culture, at age 18.

▣ "obey" This is a present active imperative which is a compound Greek term from "to hear" and "under." The Colossians parallel adds "in all things." This obedience must be for a set period of time (childhood). Even this command must be balanced with Matt. 10:34-39. Ultimate authority is not parental, but divine.

▣ "in the Lord" This phrase is omitted in the ancient Greek uncial manuscripts B, D4, F and G, but it is present in P46, א , A, and D1 as well as the Vulgate, Peshitta, Coptic and Armenian translations. Its inclusion makes definite that the context is the Christian home. This context implies both a Christian child and Christian parents.

▣ "for this is right" The Bible clearly expresses the God-given relationship between parents and children (cf. Col. 3:20; Pro. 6:20; 23:27). Strong families make strong societies.

6:2 "honor" This is a present active imperative. It is a quote from the Ten Commandments (cf. Exod. 20:12; Deut. 5:16). "Honor" was a commercial term which meant "to give due weight to." It reflected the OT concept of that which is "heavy" is valuable. Parents are to be respected and valued by Christian children. There are no perfect parents (as there are no perfect children).

▣ "father and mother" This shows that both parents deserve honor and respect.

▣ "(which is the first commandment with a promise)" This quote in v. 3 is used in Deuteronomy in several different contexts (cf. 4:40; 5:16,33; 30:17-18). It is not an individual promise of longevity but a cultural promise of societal stability. Notice that Paul, by quoting the Ten Commandments, shows that the Law (Genesis-Deuteronomy) was still in effect as far as revelatory guidance for the Christian (cf. 4:25,26; Rom. 10:4; 13:9-10; Gal. 2:15-21) but not for salvation (cf. Galatians 3).

6:3 "on earth" Paul adapted the OT quote from "In the land that the Lord your God has given you" (cf. Exod. 20:12; Deut. 5:16) and turned it into a general principle. The NT authors often took OT promises to Israel and adapted them into universal truths.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:4
 4Fathers, do not provoke your children to anger, but bring them up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord.

6:4

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"fathers"
TEV, NJB"parents"

The Greek text has "fathers." The modern English dynamic equivalent translations (TEV and NJB) have widened the meaning because of v. 2, where both father and mother are mentioned. However, in the larger context of 5:21-6:9, Paul addresses first the three groups who had no social rights-wives, children, slaves-and then addresses the ones who had all the rights-husbands, fathers, and masters. There is a spiritual responsibility for every member of a Christian home.

▣ "do not provoke" This is a present active imperative with the negative particle which usually means to stop an act already in process (cf. Col. 3:21). Like 5:25, this was the needed balance, in the Greco-Roman world, and ours. Fathers are not ultimate authorities, but Christian stewards of their families.

Christian fathers must understand their stewardship role in the lives of their children. Fathers are not to teach personal preferences, but spiritual truths. The goal is not parental authority, but passing on God's authority to children. There is always a generation gap, but never a divine authority gap. Children do not have to reflect parental habits, choices, or lifestyle to be pleasing to God. We must be careful of the desire to mold our children into our current cultural understanding or to reflect our personal preferences.

As a local pastor near a large state school, I noticed that many of the wildest young people came from conservative Christian homes which allowed them no personal choices or freedoms. Freedom is a heady experience and must be introduced in responsible stages. Christian children must develop lives based on personal conviction and faith, not second-hand parental guidelines.

▣ "bring them up" This is a present active imperative which comes from the same word root, "to feed to maturity," as in 5:29. As it is the husband's responsibility to continue to help his wife grow to spiritual maturity and giftedness, he is also to help his children reach their full spiritual maturity and giftedness (cf. 4:7).

NASB, NRSV"in the discipline and instruction of the Lord"
NKJV"in the training and admonition of the Lord"
TEV"Christian discipline and instruction"
NJB"correct them and guide them as the Lord does"

The first term is from the Greek root for "child" and refers to the parental training of children (cf. Heb. 12:5,7,8,11) and for the Lord's training of believers (cf. II Tim. 3:16).

The second term is the general term for warning, correction, or admonition (cf. I Cor. 10:11; Titus 3:10). The training of children in the faith was a major emphasis of Judaism (cf. Deut. 4:9; 6:7-9, 20-25; 11:18-21; 32:46). Parental training recognizes the necessity of passing on the personal faith and the Scriptural truths of God, not the personal preferences, or cultural opinions of parents, to the next generation.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:5-8
 5Slaves, be obedient to those who are your masters according to the flesh, with fear and trembling, in the sincerity of your heart, as to Christ; 6not by way of eye service, as men-pleasers, but as slaves of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart. 7With good will render service, as to the Lord, and not to men, 8knowing that whatever good thing each one does, this he will receive back from the Lord, whether slave or free.

6:5 "slaves" This is Paul's third domestic example to show how being filled with the Spirit makes a difference in daily life (cf. Col. 3:22). "Slaves" (douloi) refers to household servants.

▣ "be obedient" This is a Present active imperative. There is a great parallel passage in I Pet. 2:18-21. There is an obvious parallel between wives, children and servants, except that wives were not commanded to obey as children (for a period) and slaves are.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PAUL'S ADMONITIONS TO SLAVES

"who are your masters according to the flesh" Here the Greek term flesh (sarx) is used in the sense of the physical, not of evil. This general truth relates to both the Christian masters and pagan masters (i.e., to both kind and unkind bosses). Notice the phrase "in the Lord" is not found here as in the two previous domestic examples (cf. 5:21 and 6:1).

Modern western culture does not have slaves, yet this spiritual truth surely applies to Christian employers and Christian employees.

▣ "with fear and trembling" This is a metaphor of respect (cf. I Cor. 2:3; II Cor. 7:15; Phil. 2:12).

▣ "in sincerity of heart" This is a metaphor from the term "singleness." It is used in two ways in the NT (1) sincerity (cf. II Col. 1:12; 11:3; Col. 3:22) or (2) liberality (cf. Rom. 12:8; II Cor. 8:2; 9:11,13). In this context it is obviously #1. A believer's motivation is always the key to proper action, not observation (cf. vv. 6-7). Believers live out their lives in every area as unto the Lord (cf. Col. 3:22-25 and Rom. 14:7-9)! They are motivated not by the worth or merit of another, but by who they are in Christ.

Christian husbands love their wives not because the wives are perfect or deserve it but because they are Christians. This is true of all human interpersonal relationships. Believers love God by loving others made in His image, for whom He died (cf. I John 2:9,11; 4:20). See Special Topic: Heart at Col. 2:2.

▣ "as to Christ" Believers act toward others because of their relationship to Christ, not because of what the others deserve (cf. 5:22; Rom. 14:7-9). This is true of husbands and wives, parents and children, masters and slaves. Believers make people priority because of God's image and love for them, not because of their personal merit.

6:8 "knowing that whatever good thing" This context is not a worship setting but believers' daily relationships with others, fellow Christians and nonbelievers. God is concerned with all our actions. There is no secular; all is sacred!

Verse 8a is a third class conditional sentence meaning potential future action. Believers are expected to do good works (cf. Eph. 1:4; 2:10; 4:17-5:14). Believers are not right with God by good works but they are saved unto good works.

▣ "will receive back from the Lord" God is watching believers' lives and they will give an account (cf. II Cor. 5:10). The Bible does speak of rewards (cf. Matt. 5:12,46; 6:1-2; 10:41-42; Luke 6:23, 35; I Cor. 3:8, 14; 9:17-18; II John 8; Rev. 11:18; 14:13; 22:12) and crowns (cf. I Cor. 9:25; II Tim. 4:8; James 1:23; I Pet. 5:4; Rev. 2:10). Paul was stating a general principle similar to Gal. 6:7-9.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:9
 9And masters, do the same things to them, and give up threatening, knowing that both their Master and yours is in heaven, and there is no partiality with Him.

6:9 "masters" This is still the same literary context as 5:22-6:9, which is Paul's domestic example of the "Spirit-filled" life in action. In this verse the masters referred to are obviously believers, while in v. 5 they might be either believers or nonbelievers.

▣ "do the same things to them" This is a present active imperative. Here again is the needed balance to slave owners, as 5:29 is to husbands and 6:4 is to parents. Each must act out of godly (Spirit-filled) principles, not social privilege. Jesus' golden rule (Matt. 7:12) applies here.

▣ "give up threatening" This is a present active participle used as an imperative. The word literally means "to loosen up."

▣ "there is no partiality with Him" The term "partiality" is a compound from "face" and "to lift." It denotes an OT judge acting fairly without lifting the face of the accused to see if he recognized him/her. God is no respecter of persons (cf. Deut. 10:17; Acts 10:34; Rom. 2:11; Gal. 2:6; Col. 3:25; I Pet. 1:17). All earthly distinctions fade away in Christ (cf. Rom. 3:22; Gal. 3:26,28; Col. 3:11). See Special Topic: Racism at Col. 3:11.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Why was this passage so startling for Paul's day?

2. Does it stress rights or duties?

3. What is this passage saying about women? Should this passage be used as a guideline for our day?

4. How is v. 21 related to 5:22-6:9?

5. Should children always obey parents? Define "children."

6. Can the slave/master relationship be analogous to employee/employer?

7. How are wives and children related to slaves?

 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHT TO 6:10-24

A. The Christian life is a spiritual struggle. Problems, suffering, and persecution are not abnormal, but normal, for Christians in a fallen world (cf. Rom. 5:3-4; 8:17-18; I Pet. 1;6-9; 2:11; 4:12-17; 5:10).

 

B. The spiritual battle may be related contextually to the present passive imperative, "be filled with the Spirit," of 5:18 and the present passive (or middle, see note at 5:22) imperative "be made strong in the Lord," 6:10. As the filling is related to daily Christlikeness (Col. 3:16) so too, is the spiritual battle. People are priority with God. The battleground is interpersonal relationships on a daily basis. Only people are eternal. Although these passives speak of God's power, the Christian must allow the Spirit to work in their lives. Covenant involves two parties, two choices.

 

C. We must be careful of two extremes: (1) Satan causes everything and (2) there is no personal evil. I assume because of OT monotheism that Satan is a created being and a controlled being (cf. I Kgs. 22:19-23; Job 1-2; Zech. 3:1-5; and possibly by analogy Isa. 14:12-14; or even Ezek. 28:12-16). He is neither omnipresent, nor omniscient. Satan has been mentioned earlier in the letter in 2:2 and 4:14,27! He is only one of three enemies that Christians face daily-the world, Satan (and his), and the flesh (cf. 2:2-3; James 4).

 

D. God provides our spiritual armor and weapons, but believers must (1) recognize the daily spiritual battle and (2) avail themselves, by faith, of God's resources and then (3) stand (cf. vv. 11,13,14). Spiritual maturity is not automatic, nor is it based on longevity, IQ (i.e., intelligence), or giftedness..

 

E. Verses 21-22 are almost identical to Col. 4:7-8. This is additional evidence of the close relationship between these two books. However, it is interesting that the entire discussion of spiritual warfare is omitted in Colossians. Each book has its own uniqueness.

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:10-17
 10Finally, be strong in the Lord and in the strength of His might. 11Put on the full armor of God, so that you will be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. 12For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places. 13Therefore, take up the full armor of God, so that you will be able to resist in the evil day, and having done everything, to stand firm. 14Stand firm therefore, having girded your loins with truth, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness, 15and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace; 16in addition to all, taking up the shield of faith with which you will be able to extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. 17And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.

6:10 "finally" Literally this is "for the rest." This is a characteristic Pauline phrase implying he is about to close his letter (cf. II Cor. 13:11; Phil. 3:1; 4:8; I Thess. 4:1; II Thess. 3:1). It usually marks a transition to a new point.

▣ "be strong in the Lord" This is either a present passive imperative, "be made strong," or a present middle imperative, "be strong." The grammatical form is the same, only the function is different. The theology is clear: believers must continue to allow the Spirit to strengthen them for the ongoing spiritual struggle (cf. 3:20; I Cor. 16:13).

This paradox between the passive voice (God's power flowing through believers) and the middle voice (believers actively involved in living for Christ) is the dialectical tension found throughout the Bible. Basically it is the tension of a covenant relationship (cf. Phil. 2:12-13). God always takes the initiative, always sets the agenda, but He has also chosen that humans must respond (initially and continually). Sometimes the Bible emphasizes mankind's response (Ezek. 18:31, "Make yourselves a new heart and a new spirit") and sometimes God's provision (cf. Ezek. 36:26-27, "I will give you a new heart and put a new spirit within you."). Both are true!

Four Greek terms (dunamis = power; energeia = energy; kratos = strength and ischus = might) are used in 1:10 to describe God's power in Christ. Here, three of these same words are used.

SPECIAL TOPIC: BE MADE STRONG

▣ "in the strength of His might" YHWH was often described in the OT as a warrior wearing armor (cf. Isa. 42:13; 49:24-25; 52:10 and especially 59:16-17). It is His armor, not ours. Our victory is in Him (cf. Phil. 2:13), but we must cooperate (cf. Phil. 4:12).

6:11 "put on the full armor of God" This is an aorist middle imperative which conveys a sense of urgency (cf. 6:13). This is a decisive act of the believer's will. God has provided our needed spiritual equipment, but we must recognize the need and avail ourselves of God's provision and apply it to our daily lives (cf. I Thess. 5:8). Justification (Romans 4; 6) does not provide a deliverance from spiritual struggle and temptation (cf. Romans 7). The presence of the "new man" does not imply the total removal of the "old man." Often the battle is intensified. If Satan cannot keep us from being saved, he will attempt to keep us spiritually defeated and silenced!

▣ "that you may be able to stand firm" This is a present passive infinitive followed by an aorist active infinitive, which refers to the daily struggle, not one decisive "battle" or temptation (this is similar to Jesus' temptation in Luke 4:13, where Satan departs until a more opportune time). The term "stand" is a military term for holding one's position. It is repeated in vv. 13 and 14. It is the key purpose of the believer's armor.

SPECIAL TOPIC: STAND (HISTĒMI)

NASB"against the schemes of the devil"
NKJV, NRSV"against the wiles of the devil"
TEV"against the devil's evil tricks"
NJB"the devil's tactics"

Christians are attacked by an angelic tempter, Satan (cf. 2:2; 4:14,27; II Cor. 2:11; I Pet. 5:8-9). Satan uses many schemes (methodia).

1. disunity

2. personal sin

3. false teachers

4. discouragement

5. apathy

6. suffering

These are just some things that the recipients of this letter faced. However, believers cannot attribute all sin and problems to angelic temptation or attack. Fallen mankind, even redeemed fallen mankind, faces (1) a continuing sin nature; (2) a fallen world system; and (3) an angelic and demonic attack (cf. Eph. 2:2-3; James. 4:1,4,7). The battle starts in the mind but moves quickly to sinful acts. For the Special Topic: Personal Evil see 2:2.

Notice the numbers of times "against" appears in this context (once in v.11 and four times in v. 12). The panoply of evil is thwarted by the panoply of God's armor!

6:12

NASB, NRSV"our struggle is not"
NKJV"we do not wrestle"
TEV"we are not fighting against"
NJB"we have to struggle"

This is a present tense verb which implies an ongoing struggle, not a one-time temptation. This was either a military or athletic metaphor. It literally refers to hand-to-hand combat. The Christian life is tough! The Christian life is a supernatural gift lived out by repentance and faith, as is salvation.

▣ "against flesh and blood" The word order is literally "blood and flesh." Notice the abnormal sequence of these terms. It is found only here and in Heb. 2:14. The reason is uncertain, but it may be related to the Gnostic false teachers' depreciation of the physical (Jesus' humanity). Believers must remember the spiritual problem is sin, evil, and Satan, not competition from other human beings!

▣ "against the rulers; against the powers" These terms can be used of human authorities as in Rom. 13:1-7, but here the context demands angelic levels (aeons) of authority (cf. Rom. 8:38-39; I Cor. 2:8; Col. 1:16; 2:10,15; Eph. 1:21; 3:10; I Pet. 3:22). This was part of the Gnostic false teachers' worldview. These angelic levels (aeons) may be

1. evil, that is, fallen angels under Satan's control, the demonic

2. the angelic authorities called the stoichea who are not necessarily evil (cf. Gal. 4:3,9; Col. 2:8)

For a good discussion of the subject see Hendrik Berkhof, Christ and the Powers (Herald Press).

For "rulers" see Special Topic: Archē at Col. 1:16.

SPECIAL TOPIC: ANGELS IN PAUL'S WRITINGS

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE DEMONIC (UNCLEAN SPIRIT)

NASB"against the world-forces of this darkness"
NKJV"against the rulers of the darkness of this age"
NRSV"against the cosmic powers of this present darkness"
TEV"against the cosmic powers of this dark age"
NJB"the spiritual army of evil in the heavens"

This is the Greek term kosmocrator in its plural form. This term is used in the Greek Classics and the writings of the Jewish rabbis to describe someone bent on world control. This seems to speak of Satan (cf. John 12:31; 14:30; II Cor. 4:4; Eph. 2:2) and the demonic (cf. I Cor. 2:6,8 15:24; Eph. 3:10; 6:12; Col. 2:15).

▣ "against the spirit-forces of wickedness" This phrase was used in Paul's day by astrologers who believed there were angels or gods behind the heavenly bodies (cf. Rom. 8:39) that affected human life (zodiac). This all began with Babylonian astrology. It is still alive and well (horoscopes).

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"in the heavenly places"
TEV"in the heavenly world"
NJB"in the heavens"

This locative (of sphere) neuter plural adjective "in the heavenly places" is used only in Ephesians (cf. 1:20; 2:6; 3:10; 6:12). From the context of all of its usages (esp. 3:10 and 6:12), it must mean the spiritual realm in which believers live here and now, not heaven by and by.

6:13 "you must take up the full armor of God" This is an aorist active imperative which showed the need for decisive action (cf. v.11). It is another military term. It is possibly an allusion to YHWH as warrior from Isa. 59:17. The armor is mentioned in the order in which it would have been put on by a soldier (remember Paul wrote this from prison).

Notice the full armor is God's armor! He provides, but believers must recognize the battle and implement God's sufficient provision.

▣ "you may be able to resist" This is an aorist passive (deponent) subjunctive with an aorist active infinitive. There is a spiritual battle before and after conversion. Some believers do not know there is an ongoing, spiritual battle; they do not take up God's armor and they do not resist. The terminology is similar to James 4:7 and I Pet. 5:9. Christians can lose or damage their peace, assurance, and gifted ministry through (1)ignorance; (2) neglect; and/or (3) sin (cf. I Cor. 9:27; 15:2; Gal. 2:2; 3:4; Phil. 2:16; I Tim. 1:19). This does not refer to heaven or hell, but effective kingdom service!

▣ "in the evil day" This is an OT idiom which could refer to (1) a day of temptation; (2) the whole evil age in which we live; or (3) a day of adversity (cf. Ps. 49:5ff).

"having done everything" This term had the connotation of one having done everything that was required. Paul uses this term more than eighteen times in his letters. In the spiritual realm (1) preparation; (2) consistency; and (3) knowledge are crucial!

▣ "stand firm" This is an aorist active infinitive meaning "to stand fast." The same term is used in vv. 11 (present passive infinitive) and 14 (aorist active imperative). Believers are commanded and encouraged to resist, overcome, and stand against the schemes of the devil (cf. 4:14). This is done by means of

1. the believers' knowledge of the gospel (the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, v. 17)

2. the believer's position in Christ

3. the believers' yieldedness to the indwelling Spirit

4. the believers' implementation of the armor provided by God

5. the believer's decisive choices and actions

6. prayer (cf. v. 18)

See Special Topic: Stand at 6:11.

6:14 Three of the following four participles are taken from passages in Isaiah. They are all grammatically related to this aorist active imperative, "stand" in v. 13 (this structure is like 5:18, imperative followed by five participles, 5:19-21).

 1. "having girded" aorist middle participle (v. 14). This is a quote from Isa.11:5 where it was used of the Messiah.

 2. "having put on" aorist middle participle (v. 14). This is a quote from Isa. 59:17, where it is used of God as a warrior on behalf of sinful Israel (cf. 59:12).

 3. "having shod" aorist middle participle (v. 15). This is a quote from Isa. 52:7, where the Lord comes to His people as a King bringing good news (cf. 61:1).

 4. "taking up" aorist active participle (v. 16, cf. v. 13). This is implied in Isa. 59:17. God's provisions must be implemented in daily life.

 

▣ "truth" There is not an article in Greek, so it may be translated in the OT sense of "truthfulness" or "trustworthiness." See Special Topic at 1:13.

"the breastplate" This is one of the pieces of armor listed in Isa. 59:17, as is the helmet of v. 17.

▣ "of righteousness" This refers to Christ's righteousness (cf. II Cor. 5:21). However, like the dialectical tension related to strengthening in v. 10, it is both Christ's imputed righteousness (positional justification and sanctification) and His followers' progressive Christlikeness (progressive sanctification) that brings victory in the daily spiritual struggle. See Special Topic at 4:24.

6:15 "having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace" This either refers to (1) readiness (cf. Isa. 52:7) or (2) a sure foundation (cf. NEB translation). Believers must be prepared for the spiritual struggle that will surely come.

6:16 "in addition" The KJV translates this as "above all," but it means in addition to the above mentioned military battle armor.

▣ "the shield" This term is related to the Greek word for "door." It refers to the large 4' x 2' full-body shield. It was made of wood with leather coverings surrounded by metal. It was soaked in water before battle so as to extinguish the fire-tipped arrows. It was a symbol of full protection.

▣ "flaming missiles" This refers to arrows dipped in pitch and lighted. These were metaphorical of spiritual attacks.

▣ "the evil one" There is an ambiguity as to whether it refers to evil in general (neuter) or Satan in particular (masculine). This same ambiguity can be seen in Matt. 5:37; 6:13; 13:38; John 17:15; II Thess. 3:3; I John 2:13-14. The form of the word in Greek is the same (therefore, the gender can only be ascertained from context). In Matt. 13:19; I John 5:18-19 it obviously refers to Satan (see Special Topic at Eph. 2:2).

6:17 "take the helmet of salvation" This is an aorist middle (deponent) imperative. It is symbolic of believers' knowledge of the gospel and their hope in Christ (cf. I Thess. 5:8).

▣ "the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God" Paul specifically defines the believers' offensive weapons (i.e., Bible knowledge and prayer, v. 18). This was an allusion to an OT metaphor for God speaking to His people (cf. Isa. 49:2; Hosea 6:5). God's revelation (both the living Word, Jesus Christ, and the written word, the Bible) is described in these same terms in Heb. 4:12. Although a different Greek term for "word" (rhēma versus logos) is used in Hebrews, the term for "sword" is the same (the small tongue-shaped Roman weapon).

 It is dangerous to draw too sharp a distinction between parallel terms in Koine Greek (it was the language of commerce and the distinctions of Classical Greek were fading) like "rhēma" and "logos." This may refer to the use of the Scriptures during temptation, like Jesus did in Matt. 4:1ff. Believers' knowledge of the gospel will protect them in their daily spiritual struggles. This is why Scripture memorization and personal Bible study are so valuable (cf. Ps. 19:7-11; 119:105; Pro. 6:23). This is the only offensive weapon listed among the armor (although I think prayer in v. 18 is another). It is for protection. As in vv. 18-20 it can be used for Kingdom advance!

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:18-20
 18With all prayer and petition pray at all times in the Spirit, and with this in view, be on the alert with all perseverance and petition for all the saints, 19and pray on my behalf, that utterance may be given to me in the opening of my mouth, to make known with boldness the mystery of the gospel, 20for which I am an ambassador in chains; that in proclaiming it I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak.

6:18 "with all prayer and petition, pray at all times" Notice the number of times the inclusive term "all" is used in v. 18. Prayer is another powerful weapon in the spiritual battle which is the Christian's daily life in this fallen age. Paul requested prayer for himself in v. 19 (cf. Col. 4:3-4; I Thess. 5:17). He did not ask for personal issues but for clarity and boldness in gospel proclamation (cf. Col. 4:3-4). It is interesting to note that Paul does not discuss the spiritual battle in Colossians but he does emphasize the need for prayer (cf. Col. 4:2).

▣ "in the Spirit" The term "spirit" has no article (ananthrous). This can be understood in different ways. It may refer to

1. the Spirit praying for believers ( cf. Rom. 8:26-27)

2. Christians praying in spiritual power (cf. Jude v. 20)

3. parallel to John 4:23 "in spirit and truth"

4. "spirit" as distinct from "mind" (cf. I Cor. 14:14-15)

Effective, fervent prayer is impossible without the Spirit's involvement!

Notice the aspects of spirit-led prayer:

1. at all times

2. in the Spirit

3. be alert with perseverance

4. pray for all the saints

 

"for all the saints" See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

6:19 "pray on my behalf" Paul asked for prayer, not for himself personally, but for the power to present the gospel clearly as he spoke during his trials before the Roman authorities (cf. Col. 4:3; I Thess. 5:25; II Thess. 3:1):

1. "that utterance may be given me" (v. 19)

2. "to make known with boldness the mystery of the Gospel" (v. 19 "freedom of speech," cf. 3:12; Heb. 4:16; 10:19,35).

3. "I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak" (v. 20; Col. 4:4).

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: EFFECTIVE PRAYER

▣ "with boldness" See Special Topic: Boldness (Parrhēsia) at Col. 2:15.

▣ "mystery of the gospel" Paul uses this term in several different ways describing God's redemptive plan. Here it refers to the believing Jews and Gentiles being one body in Christ. This concept is clearly spelled out in 2:11-3:13. The term appears in 1:9; 3:3,4,9; 5:32. See Special Topic at 3:3.

6:20 "I am an ambassador in chains" Paul understood his apostleship to the Gentiles as both a stewardship (I Cor. 4:1; 9:17; Titus 1:7) and an ambassadorship (cf. II Cor. 5:20). He was in prison to preach the gospel to the Roman authorities in Rome, as he had to the authorities in Judea (cf. Acts 9:15).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:21-22
 21But that you also may know about my circumstances, how I am doing, Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord, will make everything known to you. 22I have sent him to you for this very purpose, so that you may know about us, and that he may comfort your hearts.

6:21 "Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful minister in the Lord" He is mentioned in Acts 20:4; Col. 4:7; Titus 3:12; II Tim. 4:12. He was the bearer of the letter. Also, he probably carried the letters of Colossians and Philemon to Asia Minor and was accompanied by Onesimus. He also possibly may have carried the letter of Ephesians to all the churches of Asia Minor. He also may have functioned as Paul's scribe, like Tertius of Rom. 16:22.

6:21-22 These verses are the same in Greek as Col. 4:7-8, except Colossians adds "fellow bond servant," which shows that Paul probably wrote the two books close to the same time.

6:22 Paul wanted the churches to know of his circumstances so that they could pray for him and not worry about him. He felt he was in God's plan for his life and ministry (cf. Acts 9:15).

▣ "hearts" See Special Topic at Col. 2:2.

One wonders if Paul himself did not pen this verse as well as 6:23-24.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 6:23-24
 23Peace be to the brethren, and love with faith, from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 24Grace be with all those who love our Lord Jesus Christ with incorruptible love.

6:23-24 These same themes opened the letter! Paul usually penned the closing thoughts himself to authenticate his letters.

6:24

NASB"with a love incorruptible"
NKJV"in sincerity"
NRSV"an undying love"
TEV"with undying love"
NJB"eternal life"

This term usually means "incorruptible" (cf. I Cor. 9:25; 15:52; I Tim. 1:17). It had the connotation of something unchanging and eternal. This was an encouragement in light of the confusion and conflict caused by the false teachers and the personal spiritual battle.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Is there a personal force of evil in our world?

2. What is our responsibility in spiritual struggle?

3. Why does Paul use warfare as a description of the Christian life?

4. What does Paul ask for himself?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Philemon

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS*

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Salutation vv. 1-3

v. 3

Greeting
v. 1a
v. 1b
v. 2
v. 3
Salutation
v. 1a
v. 1b-2

v. 3

Salutation
v. 1a
vv. 1b-2

v. 3

Address
vv. 1-3
Philemon's Love and Faith
vv. 4-7
Philemon's Love and Faith
vv. 4-7
Thanksgiving
vv.4-7
Philemon's Love and Faith
vv. 4-7
Thanksgiving and Prayer
vv. 4-7
Paul Pleads for Onesimus
vv. 8-16

vv. 17-20

The Plea for Onesimus
vv. 8-16

Philemon's Obedience Encouraged
vv. 17-22

Paul's Plea for Onesimus
vv. 8-16

vv. 17-21

A Request for Onesimus
vv. 8-11
vv. 12-14
vv. 15-16

vv. 17-20
vv. 21-22

The Request about Onesimus vv. 8-21

v. 21-22

  Concluding Hopes and Greetings
v. 22
  A Personal Request. Good Wishes
v. 22
Final Greetings
vv. 23-25
Farewell
vv. 23-25

vv. 23-24
v. 25
Final Greetings
vv. 23-24
v. 25

vv. 23-23
v. 25

* Although they are not inspired, paragraph divisions are the key to understanding and following the original author's intent. Each modern translation has divided and summarized the paragraphs. Every paragraph has one central topic, truth, or thought. Each version encapsulates that topic in its own distinct way. As you read the text, ask yourself which translation fits your understanding of the subject and verse divisions.
In every chapter we must read the Bible first and try to identify its subjects (paragraphs), then compare our understanding with the modern versions. Only when we understand the original author's intent by following his logic and presentation can we truly understand the Bible. Only the original author is inspired—readers have no right to change or modify the message. Bible readers do have the responsibility of applying the inspired truth to their day and their lives.
Note that all technical terms and abbreviations are explained fully in the following documents: Brief Definitions of Greek Grammatical Structure Textual Criticism, and Glossary.

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:1a
 1a, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy our brother,

v. 1 "Paul" The Greek name Paulos meant "little." Several theories have been advanced about the origin of his Greek name.

1. a nickname describing his physical height, from a second century tradition that Paul was short, fat, bald, bowlegged, bushy eyebrowed, and had protruding eyes, which came from a non-canonical book from Thessalonica called Paul and Thekla, is a possible source of the name

2. Paul's personal spiritual evaluation, he often called himself the "least of the saints" because he persecuted the Church as in Acts 9:1-2 (cf. I Cor. 15:9; Eph. 3:8; I Tim. 1:15)

3. most Jews of the diaspora (Jews living outside of Palestine) were given two names at birth; one Hebrew (Saul) and one Hellenistic (Paul)

 

▣ "a prisoner" The NT specifically states that Paul was in prison three times: (1) in Caesarea; (2) in Philippi; and (3) in Rome (with a possible allusion to imprisonment at Ephesus, cf. I Cor. 15:32; II Cor. 1:8). This writer assumes a Roman imprisonment in the early 60's.

Because of the loving pastoral nature of this brief letter, many commentators have assumed that Paul chose this title instead of his usual opening affirmation of his apostleship.

▣ "Christ Jesus" The variety of the titles for Jesus used in this short letter is amazing. Notice: Christ Jesus; v. 1; the Lord Jesus, Christ, v. 3; the Lord Jesus, v. 5; Christ, v. 8; Christ Jesus, v. 9; the Lord, and Christ, v. 20; Christ Jesus, v. 23; and the Lord Jesus Christ, v. 25.

 "Christ" is the Greek equivalent to the Hebrew term "messiah," which means "an anointed one" (see Special Topic at Col. 1:1). It implied "one called and equipped by God for a specific task." In the OT three groups of leaders were anointed: priests, kings, and prophets. Jesus fulfilled all three of these anointed offices (cf. Heb. 1:2-3).

"Jesus" meant "YHWH saves" or "salvation is of YHWH" (cf. Matt. 1:21). It was the OT name "Joshua." "Jesus" is derived from the Hebrew word for salvation, "hosea," suffixed to the covenant name for God, "YHWH" (see Special Topic at Col. 1:3).

"Timothy" His name meant "honored by God" or "honorer of God." He was converted through Paul's witness on the first missionary journey to Derbe/Lystra (cf. Acts 26:1). Paul invited him to join the missionary team on the second missionary journey, possibly to replace John Mark (cf. Acts 15:36-41). He had a Jewish mother and a Greek father (Acts 16:1; II Tim. 1:5). Paul circumcised him to facilitate his work among the Jews (cf. Acts. 16:3). He became Paul's faithful representative, disciple and troubleshooter (cf. Acts 16:1-17:14; 18:5-19:22; 20:4; Rom. 16:21; I Cor. 4:17; 16:10; II Cor. 1:1, 19; Phil 1:2; 2:19; Gal. 1:1; Philem. v. 4; and the two books I Timothy and II Timothy).

He is mentioned with Paul in several letters (cf. I Cor. 4:12; 16:10; II Cor. 1:1; Phil. 1:1; Col. 1:1; I Thess. 1:1; II Thess. 1:1; I Tim. 1:2; II Tim. 1:2). This does not imply co-authorship, but Timothy's presence and greetings. Timothy may have functioned as Paul's secretary, or scribe, as did Silas, Tertius, and Tychicus.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1b-3
 1bTo Philemon our beloved brother and fellow worker, 2 and to Apphia our sister, and to Archippus our fellow soldier, and to the church in your house: 3 Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.

▣ "Philemon" an active member of the church of Colossae. This person is only mentioned in this letter. Apparently the local church at Colossae met in his home. Paul's comments to him imply that he personally knew this man. Epaphras, not Paul, started the church in Colossae (cf. Col. 1:6-7), therefore, Paul must have met him earlier, possibly in Ephesus (vv. 10, 19). However, it is remotely possible that Paul did not know him personally (cf. v. 5) and that Epaphras informed him about this man's ministry.

v. 2 "Apphia" This is possibly Philemon's wife, because her name appears second.

▣ "Archippus" Some think that this was Philemon's son, but he could have been the pastor of the church that met in Philemon's home (cf. Col. 4:17) or someone else unknown to us. E. J. Goodspeed and J. Knox postulate that Archippus was the owner of Onesimus, and that Philemon was the local pastor enlisted to help encourage Archippus to have mercy on his runaway slave.

▣ "fellow-soldier" Paul envisioned the Christian life as a military struggle (cf. Eph. 6:10-18). He uses this characterization several times (cf. Phil. 2:25; II Tim. 3:2).

▣ "the church" Ekklesia is from two Greek words, "out of" (ek) and "to call" (kalaō). It was used in Koine Greek (200 b.c.-a.d. 200) to describe any kind of assembly, such as a town assembly (cf. Acts 19:32). The Church chose this term because it was used in the Septuagint, the Greek translation of the Old Testament, written as early as 250 b.c. for the library at Alexandria, Egypt. This term translated the Hebrew term qahal which was used in the covenant phrase "the assembly of Israel" (cf. Num. 20:4). The NT writers asserted that they were the "divinely called out ones" who were to be the People of God in their day. They saw no radical break between the OT People of God and themselves, the NT People of God. Christians assert that the Church of Jesus Christ, not modern rabbinical Judaism, is the true interpreter and fulfillment of the OT Scriptures. See Special Topic: Church at Col. 1:18.

"that meets in their home" There were no church buildings until the third century (cf. Acts 2:40; 5:42; 20:20; Rom. 16:5; I Cor. 16:19; Col. 4:15). These "house churches" followed the Jewish pattern of local synagogues (scripture readings, prayers, songs, etc.). The Greek text is ambiguous as to which of the two men mentioned in vv. 1-2 owned the home where the church met.

v. 3 "Father" This term is not used in the sense of sexual generation or chronological sequence, but of intimate family relationship. God chose family terms to reveal Himself to fallen humanity (cf. Hosea 2-3 as passionate, faithful lover, Hosea 11 as loving father and mother). See Special Topic: Father at Col. 1:2.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4-7
 4I thank my God always, making mention of you in my prayers, 5 because I hear of your love and of the faith which you have toward the Lord Jesus and toward all the saints; 6 and I pray that the fellowship of your faith may become effective through the knowledge of every good thing which is in you for Christ's sake. 7 For I have come to have much joy and comfort in your love, because the hearts of the saints have been refreshed through you, brother.

v. 4 "I thank my God" It was traditional in the Greco-Roman world to begin a letter with a standard form: (1) from whom; (2) to whom; and (3) a blessing or thanksgiving. Paul followed this pattern (thanksgiving for readers, cf. Rom. 1:8; I Cor. 1:4; Phil. 1:3; Col. 1:3; I Thess. 1:2; II Thess. 1:3; blessing of God, cf. II Cor. 1:3; Eph. 1:3; thanksgiving to God, cf. I Tim. 1:12; II Tim. 1:3). See Special Topic: Paul's Praise, Prayer, and Thanksgiving to God at Eph. 3:20.

▣ "making mention of you in my prayers See Special Topic: Intercessory Prayer at Col. 4:3.

v. 5 "I hear of your love" Paul did not start the church at Colossae. Apparently Epaphras had brought him information about the developing heresy at Colossae (cf. Col. 1:4) and of Philemon's ministry to the saints (cf. v. 7).

▣ "the faith" (cf. Col. 1:4). The Greek term (pistis) is translated into English in three ways: "faith," "believe," and "trust." The Greek term had three distinct connotations.

1. its OT background meant "faithfulness" or "trustworthiness," therefore, it was used of believers trusting in the trustworthiness of God

2. it was used in the NT of accepting or receiving God's free offer of forgiveness in Christ

3. it was used in the collective sense of the Christian doctrine or truth about Jesus (cf. Acts 6:7 and Jude 3 & 20)

In several passages it is difficult to determine which is meant (cf. II Thess. 3:3). See Special Topics: NT Faith at Col. 1:2 and OT Faith at Eph. 2:8.

▣ "toward all the saints" This is literally "holy ones," those set apart exclusively for God's service. This is not a reference to a sinless lifestyle, but to believers' forensic (legal) position in Christ. It is always plural except in Phil. 4:21, but even there it is used in a corporate context. To be saved is to be part of a family. This term reflects an OT usage for corporate Israel as a holy people (cf. Exod. 13:5; 19:5-6; Deut. 7:6; I Pet. 2:9; and Rev. 1:6).

Although the term "saints" relates to the believers' standing in Christ, it is not incidental that the root word is "holy." Believers are called not only to salvation but to a progressive sanctification (cf. Gal. 2:15-18,19-20). Believers are predestined to "holiness" (cf. Matt. 5:48; Rom. 8:28-29; Gal. 4:19; Eph. 1:4), not just heaven; to service, not privilege. See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

v. 6

NASB"that the fellowship of your faith"
NKJV, NRSV"that the sharing of your faith"
TEV"that our fellowship with you as believers"
NJB"that your fellowship in faith"

This verse has been interpreted in several senses.

1. the fellowship of believers with each other (cf. II Cor. 8:4; Phil. 2:1-5)

2. the sharing of the gospel with unbelievers (cf. Phil. 1:5)

3. the sharing of good things with others

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: KOINŌNIA

NASB"through the knowledge of every good thing"
NKJV"by the acknowledgment of every good thing"
NRSV"when you perceive all the good that we may do"
TEV"will bring about a deeper understanding of every blessing"
NJB"may come to expression in full knowledge of all the good"

There are some questions involved in interpreting this phrase:

1. to whom does this knowledge refer-Philemon, the church in his house, Onesimus, or Paul

2. to what does this knowledge (epignōskō, cf. Phil. 1:10; Col. 1:9; 3:10) refer-forgiveness, slavery, apostolic authority, or the gospel?

In Paul's writings wisdom and knowledge are not separated from ethical living, but form a unified whole (cf. Phil. 1:9; Col. 1:9-10).

NASB"which is in you for Christ's sake"
NKJV"which is in you in Christ Jesus"
NRSV"that we may do for Christ"
TEV"which we have in our life in union with Christ"
NJB"we can do for Christ"

There are two clear options of interpretation in these translations: (1) things we do as believers for Christ or (2) things we have as believers in Christ.

v. 7 "love" Paul uses this term (agapē) three times in this small book. He had heard of their love and faith for Jesus and His followers (v. 5); he had much joy and comfort in their love (v. 7); and he appealed to this God-inspired love to motivate Philemon (v. 9).

▣ "hearts" This is literally the term for "bowels" (splagchna, cf. Acts 1:18). This is possibly related to the OT sacrifice of these specific body parts on the altar (cf. Exod. 29:13; Lev. 3:3-4,10, 15; 4:8-9; 7:3-4; 8:16, 25; 9:10,16). The ancients located the emotions in the lower viscera or abdomen (cf. Isa. 63:15; Jer. 4:19). For Paul it relates to Christian love (cf. 2:1; II Cor. 6:12; 7:15; Phil. 1:8, 21; Col. 3:12; Philemon 7,12,20).

SPECIAL TOPIC: SAINTS

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 8-16
 8Therefore, though I have enough confidence in Christ to order you to do what is proper, 9 yet for love's sake I rather appeal to you since I am such a person as Paul, the aged, and now also a prisoner of Christ Jesus 10 I appeal to you for my child Onesimus, whom I have begotten in my imprisonment, 11 who formerly was useless to you, but now is useful both to you and to me. 12 I have sent him back to you in person, that is, sending my very heart, 13 whom I wished to keep with me, so that on your behalf he might minister to me in my imprisonment for the gospel; 14 but without your consent I did not want to do anything, so that your goodness would not be, in effect, by compulsion but of your own free will. 15 For perhaps he was for this reason separated from you for a while, that you would have him back forever, 16 no longer as a slave, but more than a slave, a beloved brother, especially to me, but how much more to you, both in the flesh and in the Lord.

v. 8

NASB"to order you to do what is proper"
NKJV"to command you what is fitting"
NRSV"to command you to do your duty"
TEV"to order you to do what should be done"
NJB"telling you what your duty is"

This reflects Paul's apostolic authority. However, Paul preferred to use encouragement and tactfulness (vv. 9,10,17,20).

v. 9

NASB, NKJV"Paul the aged"
NRSV"I, Paul, do this as an old man"
TEV"the ambassador"
NJB"I am, Paul, an old man"

This is not a Greek manuscript problem, for all Greek manuscripts have "the aged" (presbutēs). Scholars have pointed out that in Koine Greek the term "the aged" and "ambassador" (presbeutēs) may have been spelled the same or at least often confused (cf. MSS of LXX; II Chr. 32:31). The English translations TEV, RSV, and NEB have "ambassador," while NJB and NIV have "an old man."

Paul lists several reasons why Philemon should honor his request.

1. Paul's apostleship (v. 8)

2. Paul's age (v. 9)

3. Paul's imprisonment (v. 9)

4. Paul's ministry in Onesimus' life (v. 10)

5. Onesimus' possible ministry to Paul (v. 11,13)

6. Paul's love for him (v. 12)

7. Onesimus has been changed from a slave to a brother in Christ (v. 15-16)

8. Philemon's attitude toward Paul (v. 17)

9. Philemon's salvation at Paul's witness (v. 19)

10.  Philemon's ministry to Paul (v. 20)

 

▣ "a prisoner of Christ Jesus" See note at 1:1.

v. 10 "my child" Rabbis use this phrase to describe their students, but in this context it refers to Onesimus' salvation through Paul's witness (cf. I Cor. 4:14-15; II Cor. 6:13; 12:14; Gal. 4:19, I Thess. 2:11; I Tim. 1:2; II Tim. 1:2; 2:1; and Titus 1:4).

"in my imprisonment" This is literally "in my bonds." It is uncertain how Onesimus met Paul in prison:

1. Onesimus was imprisoned with Paul

2. Onesimus had been sent on an errand to Paul in prison

3. he came to Paul because he knew that Philemon was a friend of his

 

vv. 10-11 "Onesimus" The name meant "useful" or "profitable" (cf. v. 20). Paul uses this wordplay to appeal to Philemon. This converted slave was formerly useless (achrēstos), but is now "useful" (euchrētos cf. II Tim. 4:11) to both Paul and Philemon.

F. F. Bruce's translation of this section in Paul: Apostle of the Heart Set Free, is very helpful in seeing the word play:

"His name is Onesimus - profitable by name and profitable by nature. I know that in former days you found him quite unprofitable, but now, I assure you, he has learned to be true to his name - profitable to you, and profitable to me" ( p. 393).

v. 12 "I have sent him back to you" This phrase had a legal connotation of "referring his case to you." This also shows that believers must face the consequences of their actions even if they were committed before salvation. It also affirmed the legal rights of slave owners (cf. vv. 14,18).

"that is, sending my very heart" This is such a strong statement! Paul felt deeply for his converts. This surely reveals the pastoral heart of Paul, as does his tender yet firm treatment of Philemon.

v. 13 Paul was apparently a financially independent person. He often refused help from those he preached to because false teachers accused him of financial exploitation. Yet as the years went by he was able to receive help from some of the churches he ministered to. This help was in two specific ways.

1. the church of Philippi (cf. Phil. 1:5,7; 4:15) and possibly the church of Thessalonica (cf. II Cor. 11:9) sent him money to help with his expenses in prison

2. the church at Philippi sent a representative, Epaphroditus, to help Paul, (cf. Phil. 2:25)

In a similar sense Paul saw Onesimus as a gift from Philemon and the church at Colossae.

v. 14 God looks at the heart, the motives, first (cf. I Sam. 16:7; I Kgs. 8:39; I Chr. 28:9; Jer. 17:10; Luke 16:15; Acts 1:24). Paul wanted Philemon to be blessed for his generosity and love for Christ (cf. II Cor. 8-9), not just for his obedience to Paul's command (cf. v. 8).

v. 15 "For perhaps he was for this reason separated from you for a while" This is a passive voice verb. This phrase can be understood in two ways: (1) in the sense of God's predestined plan (NASB marginal has the Scriptural parallel of Gen 45:5,8) or (2) that God used the inappropriate behavior of Onesimus as an opportunity for his salvation and for Philemon's service to Christ and friendship with Paul (cf. v. 16).

v. 16 "no longer as a slave. . .a beloved brother" Christianity did not attack slavery openly (cf. Eph. 6:5-9), but destroyed it through its view of the dignity and worth of human beings (cf. Gal. 3:28; Col. 3:11). See Special Topic: Paul's Admonitions to Slaves at Eph. 6:5.

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"both in the flesh and in the Lord"
TEV"both as a slave and as a brother in the Lord"
NJB"both on the natural plane and in the Lord"

This phrase states that the benefit of Onesimus' return was on two planes, one natural (physical) and one supernatural (spiritual). Philemon would benefit as a man and a Christian.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 17-20
 17If then you regard me a partner, accept him as you would me. 18 But if he has wronged you in any way or owes you anything, charge that to my account; 19 I, Paul, am writing this with my own hand, I will repay it (not to mention to you that you owe to me even your own self as well). 20 Yes, brother, let me benefit from you in the Lord; refresh my heart in Christ.

vv. 17-18 "if" There are two first class conditional sentences which are assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. Philemon was Paul's friend and Onesimus did wrong him (cf. v. 18).

▣ "a partner" This is the term koinōnus, which is a form of the term koinōnia "to share in common with," "to be associated with" or "to be party to." Paul uses it to refer to a financial contribution (cf. Phil. 4:15). Therefore it may be a wordplay relating to Paul's friendship (v. 19) and Onesimus' bill (v. 17).

"accept him as you would me" Paul's statement may have derived from Jesus' words in Matt. 25:44-45 or Paul's experience with Jesus on the road to Damascus (cf. Acts 9:4). By persecuting Christians, Paul was persecuting Christ. By accepting Onesimus, Philemon was accepting Paul. True love is wonderfully corporate and reciprocal. We show our love for God by how we love one another (cf. I John 2:9,11; 4:20).

v. 18 The implication of the grammar of verse 18 is that Onesimus did steal from Philemon (first class conditional sentence), that Onesimus did owe Philemon (present active indicative), and that Paul pled with Philemon to put the charge to Paul's account (present active imperative).

v. 19 "I, Paul, am writing this with my own hand" Apparently Paul used scribes to write for him (cf. Tertius in Rom. 16:22), probably because of his eye problems (cf. Gal. 4:15; 6:11), possibly caused at his conversion experience (cf. Acts 9:8,18; 22:11; 26:13). However there may have been some forged letters claiming to be written by Paul which circulated among the churches (cf. II Thess. 3:17). Therefore, Paul took the pen and wrote the last few verses himself (cf. I Cor. 16:21; Gal. 6:11; Col. 4:18; II Thess. 3:17; Philemon 19).

"you owe to me even your own self as well" This strongly implies that Paul led Philemon to faith in Christ. When and where is uncertain, for Paul did not start the church at Colossae. The best guess is that Philemon, like Epaphras, was saved during Paul's two-year revival at Ephesus (cf. Acts 19:10,20).

v. 20 This verse is similar to Rom. 1:12. How we live as Christians encourages and refreshes other believers.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 21
 21 Having confidence in your obedience, I write to you, since I know that you will do even more than what I say.

v. 21 This was Paul's tactful way of assuring Philemon's compliance.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 22
 22 At the same time also prepare me a lodging, for I hope that through your prayers I will be given to you.

v. 22 "prepare me a lodging" Paul was expecting to be released (cf. Phil. 1:25; 2:24). The Pastoral Letters (I and II Timothy and Titus) record this fourth missionary journey, while Acts ends with Paul still in prison after his third missionary journey.

It is surprising that Philemon is thought to be grouped with Colossians and Ephesians, occurring early in Paul's imprisonment. In these books, Paul is uncertain of the outcome of his trial. In Philippians, which was written towards the end of Paul's imprisonment, he expected to be released. Therefore, this comment in v. 22 may have been (1) a way to remind Philemon that he would have to face Paul personally-and possibly soon-about his request to forgive and accept Onesimus or (2) an idiom for hospitality.

▣ "through your prayers" Paul believed in the power of prayer (cf. Eph. 6:18-19). He also practiced what he preached (note the different Greek terms used: deomai, II Cor. 5:20; 8:4; I Thess. 3:10; proseuchomai, Acts 16:25; 20:36; 21:5; 22:17; 28:8; Phil. 1:9; Col. 1:3,9; 4:3; I Thess. 5:17,25; II Thess. 1:11; 3:1; I Tim. 2:8; proseuchē, Acts 16:13,16; Rom. 1:9; 12:12; 15:30; I Cor. 7:5; Eph. 1:16; Phil. 4:6; Col. 4:2,12; I Thess. 1:2; I Tim. 2:1; 5:5; Philemon 4,22).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 23-24
 23 Epaphras, my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus, greets you, 24 as do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, Luke, my fellow workers.

vv. 23-25 This is very similar to the close of Colossians. These books (Philemon and Colossians) issue from the same historical setting.

v. 23 "Epaphras" He was the founder of three of the churches (Colossae, Hierapolis, and Laodicea) in the Lycus River Valley (cf. 4:12-13; Philemon 23). He was probably converted during Paul's revival at Ephesus (cf. Acts 19:10). His name was a shortened form of Epaphroditus, which was etymologically related to the goddess Aphrodite. Another man by this same name was mentioned in Phil. 2:25; 4:18. However, he was from a different geographical area.

v. 24 "Mark" He was also known as John Mark. His home may have been the site of the Lord's Supper and Upper Room appearances (cf. Acts 12:12). He was Barnabas' cousin. He was the writer of the Gospel of Mark and a scribe for Peter (cf. I Pet. 5:13). He was the cause of a great fight between Barnabas and Paul (cf. Acts 12:25; 13:5; 15:36-39). Later, however, Paul forgave and affirmed him (cf. II Tim. 4:11).

"Demas" Demas was one of Paul's confidants and co-workers. He was mentioned along with Epaphras, Luke, Aristarchus, and Mark in Col. 4:10-12. II Timothy 4:9 lists two of these same co-workers, Luke and Mark. Scripture states that "Demas, having loved this present world, has deserted me." Paul had many helpers. Some, such as Luke, were always faithful. Others, such as John Mark, were once unfaithful but returned to ministry. Demas apparently left Paul's service for some unnamed temptation or opportunity. There is no implication that he left Christ.

▣ "Luke" He was Paul's faithful traveling friend, co-worker, and physician (cf. Col. 4:14; II Tim. 4:11). He was with Paul during many of his preaching stops in Acts. This is confirmed by the "we" statements in Acts (cf. Acts 16:11,16; 20:6,7,13; 21:1,5, 7,10,12,15,17,25; 27:1,18,26,27). Luke may have been the "man of Macedonia" in Acts 16:9.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 25
 25The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit.

v. 25 This is an example of a typical Pauline closing blessing. Note that the phrase "be with your spirit" is a good example of the small "s" (spirit) which is used of man's spirit, (or self, cf. Acts 7:59; II Tim. 4:22) not the Holy Spirit (cf. Gal. 6:18; Phil. 4:23). However, in many instances in the NT, it refers to man's spirit which is energized by the Holy Spirit. This is probably the implication here.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Where did the early church meet?

2. To whom was this letter addressed?

3. How does this letter reveal the pastoral techniques of Paul?

4. How does this book relate to the issue of slavery?

5. Why is verse 22 surprising?

6. Why is the term “spirit” in small letters?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Philippians 1

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS*

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV4 NJB
Salutation Greeting Salutation Salutation Address
1:1-2 1:1-2 1:1a 1:1a 1:1-2
    1:1b 1:1b  
    1:2 1:2  
Paul's Prayer for the Philippians Thankfulness and Prayer Thanksgiving Paul's Prayer for His Readers Thanksgiving and Prayer
1:3-11 1:3-11 1:3-8 1:3-8 1:3-11
    1:9-11 1:9-11  
To Me to Live Is Christ Christ is Preached Paul's Present Circumstances To Live Is Christ Paul's Own Circumstances
1:12-14 1:12-18 1:12-14 1:12-14 1:12-26
1:15-26   1:15-18a 1:15-17  
    1:18b-26 1:18-26  
  To live is Christ      
  1:19-26      
  Striving and Suffering for Christ     Fight for the Faith
1:27-30 1:27-30 1:27-30 1:27-30 1:27-30

* Although they are not inspired, paragraph divisions are the key to understanding and following the original author's intent. Each modern translation has divided and summarized the paragraphs. Every paragraph has one central topic, truth, or thought. Each version encapsulates that topic in its own distinct way. As you read the text, ask yourself which translation fits your understanding of the subject and verse divisions.
In every chapter we must read the Bible first and try to identify its subjects (paragraphs), then compare our understanding with the modern versions. Only when we understand the original author's intent by following his logic and presentation can we truly understand the Bible. Only the original author is inspired—readers have no right to change or modify the message. Bible readers do have the responsibility of applying the inspired truth to their day and their lives.
Note that all technical terms and abbreviations are explained fully in the following documents: Brief Definitions of Greek Grammatical Structure Textual Criticism, and Glossary.

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS

A. Verses 1-2 form a general introduction to the whole letter. The introduction is typically Pauline except for the fact that there is no emphasis on his apostleship. This church and Paul had a wonderful relationship. He did not need to invoke his apostolic authority. This church apparently sent Paul financial help from time to time (cf. 1:5,7; 4:15). The only other Pauline church from which we know he accepted help was Thessalonica (cf. II Cor. 11:9).

 

B. Greek letters of the first century typically opened with a prayer of thanksgiving. Verses 3-8 are Paul's prayer of thanksgiving for the Philippian church. They incorporate the main truths of Christianity and set the agenda for the letter.

 

C. This book has an unusual number of compounds with syn (Greek "sun") which meant "joint participation with":

1. 1:7; 4:14  syn + fellowship (koinōnia, same root, 1:5; 2:1; 3:10; 4:14,16)

 2. 1:27 syn + strive (athleō in 4:3 a proper name)

 3. 2:2 syn + soul (psuchē, same sense in 1:27)

 4. 2:17-18 syn + rejoice (chairō)

5. 2:25; 4:3 syn + worker (ergon, cf Rom. 16:3,9,21; II Cor. 1:24)

 6. 2:25 syn + soldier (stratiōtē, cf. Philemon 2)

 7. 3:10 syn + form (morphē)

 8. 3:17 syn + initiator (animeomai, same root in I Cor. 4:16)

 

D. Verses 9-11 are Paul's prayer for the spiritual growth and maturity of the church. These verses focus on the Philippians' Christlike lifestyle, while verses 3-8 focus on their position in Christ thus combining the two aspects of salvation: our position in Christ (forensic justification and positional sanctification) and our possessing of that position in Christlikeness (progressive sanctification).

 

E. There are several hints that Paul expected to be released from prison in vv. 17-26:

1. the term "deliverance" in v. 19

2. the first class conditional sentence of v. 22

3. Paul's statement in v. 25

4. the ambiguous phrasing of v. 26

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:1-2
 1Paul and Timothy, bond-servants of Christ Jesus, To all the saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi, including the overseers and deacons: 2Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.

1:1 "Paul" The Greek name "Paul" meant "little." There have been several theories about the origin of his name.

1. a nickname describing his physical height, the second century tradition that Paul was short, fat, bald, bowlegged, bushy eyebrowed and had protruding eyes is a possible physical description of Paul. This came from a second century non-canonical book from Thessalonica called Paul and Thekla.

2. Paul's personal spiritual evaluation, passages like I Cor. 15:9; Eph. 3:8; I Tim. 1:15, where he calls himself "the least of the saints" (probably because he persecuted the Church, Acts 9:1-2). Some have seen this sense of "leastness" as the origin of this self-chosen title. However, in a book like Galatians, where he makes a major emphasis on his independence and equality with the Jerusalem Twelve, this option is unlikely (cf. II Cor. 11:5; 12:11; 15:10).

3. parental, most Jews of the diaspora (Jews living outside Palestine) were given two names at birth. Paul's Hebrew name was Saul and his Greek name was Paul.

 

▣ "Timothy" His name means "honored by God" or "honorer of God." He was converted on Paul's first missionary journey to Derbe/Lystra (cf. Acts 16:1). Paul invited him to join the missionary team on the second missionary journey, possibly to replace John Mark. He had a Jewish mother (cf. Acts 16:1; II Tim. 1:5) and a Greek father (Acts 16:1). Paul circumcised him in order to help with his work among Jews (cf. Acts 16:3). He became Paul's faithful apostolic representative and troubleshooter (cf. Acts 16:1-17:14; 18:5-19:22; 20:4; Rom. 16:21; I Cor. 4:17; 16:10; II Cor. 1:1,19; Phil. 1:1; 2:19; Gal. 1:1; Philemon v. 4; and two books, I Timothy and II Timothy. Paul sent him specifically to Philippi to help the church (cf. Acts 19:22; Phil. 2:19-24).

"bond servants" This refers to

1. an OT honorific title in relation to YHWH (cf. Moses, Exod. 14:31; Joshua, Judg. 2:8; the prophets, Ezra 9:11; Jer. 7:25; prophets, Dan. 9:6; Amos 3:7; and David, Ps. 78:70)

2. an emphasis on Jesus as Lord (kurios) and believers as His servants (doulos)

 

▣ "to all the saints" This is literally "holy ones" (hagioi), those set apart exclusively for God's service. This is not a reference to a sinless lifestyle, but the believers' forensic (legal) position in Christ. It is always plural except in 4:21, but even there it is used in a corporate context. To be saved is to be part of a family. This term reflects an OT usage for corporate Israel as a holy people (cf. Exod. 13:5; 19:5-6; Deut. 7:6; I Pet. 2:9; and Rev. 1:6).

Although the term "saints" relates to the believers' standing in Christ, it is not incidental that the root word is "holy" (hagios). Believers are called not only to salvation, but to a progressive sanctification. Believers are predestined to "holiness" (hagiasmos, cf. Eph. 1:4), not just heaven; to service, not privilege. See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

"in Christ Jesus" This is a locative (of sphere). This is Paul's favorite description for believers. It speaks of the necessary atmosphere or environment in which Christians live (cf. Acts 17:28). Theologically it is parallel to John's "abide in Him" (cf. John 15).

This construction is often associated with an intimate fellowship with Christ. It refers to the believer's theological position, and the believer's subjective experience (cf. Rom. 3:24; 4:17; 8:39; 15:17; I Cor. 1:2; Gal. 2:17; Eph. 1:4,7; Phil. 1:13; 2:1,5; 4:7,13). In some passages "in Christ" is almost synonymous with "in the church" (cf. Rom. 12:5; I Cor. 4:15; Gal. 1:22; 3:28; Eph. 3:6; Col. 1:2). To illustrate Paul's use of this term notice Eph. 1:3-14: (1) in Christ, vv. 3,10,12; (2) in Him, vv. 4,7,10,13 [twice]; (3) in the Beloved, v. 6.

▣ "at Philippi" This was a Roman colony (see introduction).

NASB"overseers"
NKJV, NRSV"bishops"
TEV"church leaders"
NJB"presiding elders

The titles (1) "pastor," (2) "elder," (3) "bishop," or (4) "overseer" all refer to the same function in the local church (cf. Acts 20:17, 28 and Titus 1:5,7). The term "overseers" (episkopoi) had a Greek city-state background, while "elders" (presbuteroi) had a Jewish background. It is also possible that "overseer" also had a Jewish background from the Dead Sea Scroll's use of mebaqqerim (1QS 6:11,20) . Also notice the plural (cf. Acts 20:17; Eph. 4:21). Philippi had one church with multiple leaders.

The tendency to make an administrative (polity) distinction between these terms caused some Greek manuscript variations in 1:1; MSS B3, Dc and K change "with (syn) bishops (episcopois)" into "fellow bishops" (synepiscopois).

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV, NJB"deacons"
TEV"helpers"

This is the Greek term for household servants (diakonoi). Its original etymology was "to raise dust by cleaning." It was a general term for ministry used of Jesus in Mark 10:43-45, for the Apostles in Acts 1:17 and for all spiritual gifts in I Cor. 12:5. This text supports two leadership functions in the local church, although older women (widows' roles) are also mentioned in I Tim. 3:11. These terms were originally functions but became titles and offices very quickly (cf. I Clement 42 and Ignatius' Letter to Tralles, 3:1 and Letter to Smyrna, 8:1). Ignatius of Antioch (early second century) began the Catholic tradition of using the term "Bishop" (overseer) as one who was superior to other local leaders.

The NT reflects all three forms of church polity:

1. the episcopal system (apostles)

2. the presbyterian system (elders)

3. the congregational model

All three can be seen in the Jerusalem Council of Acts 15. The form is not as crucial as the spirituality of the leaders (cf. I Tim. 3:1-13)! The gaining and maintaining of power tends to corrupt all it touches.

1:2 "grace" This Greek word (charis) is similar to the regular Greek opening "greetings" (charein, cf. James 1:1). Paul made the traditional Greek epistolary opening uniquely Christian. The absence of any reference to Paul's apostleship is significant. Most of his letters start by asserting his apostolic authority (cf. Rom.; I and II Cor.; Gal.; Eph.; Col.; I and II Tim. and Titus). Paul had a wonderful relationship with this local church.

▣ "and peace" This may reflect the Hebrew term Shalom. Paul may have combined a Greek and Hebrew greeting as a way to recognize these two groups within the church.

Some assert that there is a theological significance to Paul's use of grace before peace. This is certainly true, but this is not a theological statement but an opening greeting. See Special Topic at Col. 1:20.

▣ "from God our Father" Jesus taught believers to call YHWH by the intimate familial title, Father (cf. Matt. 6:9). This totally changes the way one looks at Deity (cf. Hosea 11). The concept of "God" brings connotations of transcendence while "Father" adds a note of immanence, even family intimacy! See Special Topic at Col. 1:2.

▣ "Lord Jesus Christ" This full designation emphasizes Jesus' deity (Lord, like YHWH), humanity (His human name), and title (Messiah, the anointed one). This full designation is linked grammatically to "God our Father" with only one preposition for both. This was one way that NT authors asserted Jesus' deity and equality. There is only one divine essence, but three personal manifestations. See full note at Col. 1:1 and Eph. 1:1-2.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:3-11
 3I thank my God in all my remembrance of you, 4always offering prayer with joy in my every prayer for you all, 5in view of your participation in the gospel from the first day until now. 6For I am confident of this very thing, that He who began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Christ Jesus. 7For it is only right for me to feel this way about you all, because I have you in my heart, since both in my imprisonment and in the defense and confirmation of the gospel, you all are partakers of grace with me. 8 For God is my witness, how I long for you all with the affection of Christ Jesus. 9And this I pray, that your love may abound still more and more in real knowledge and all discernment, 10so that you may approve the things that are excellent, in order to be sincere and blameless until the day of Christ; 11having been filled with the fruit of righteousness which comes through Jesus Christ, to the glory and praise of God.

1:3 "I thank my God in all my remembrance of you," This "remembrance"can refer to (1) their monetary gifts to Paul; the Greek preposition "epi" can express cause or thanks (cf. James Moffatt's translation and vv. 5, 7) or (2) Paul's normal opening emphasis on "remember," as in Rom. 1:8-9; Eph. 1:16; I Thess. 3:6; Philemon 4.

1:4 "always offering prayer with joy" Joy is a recurrent emphasis in the book (chara, cf. 1:4, 25; 2:2, 29; 4:1); "rejoice" (chairō, cf. 1:18; 2:17, 18, 28; 3:1; 4:4 [twice],10); "rejoice with" (sunchairō, cf. 2:17, 18). This is even more significant in light of Paul's being imprisoned and facing the prospect of death.

▣ "for you all" The terms "all," "always," and "every" are characteristic of Philippians (cf. 1:3,4,7,8,25; 2:17; 4:4,5,6,8,13,21). They may relate historically and theologically to the divisions caused by Greek false teachers or Jewish exclusivism.

1:5

NASB"your participation in the gospel"
NKJV"your fellowship in the gospel"
NRSV"your sharing in the gospel"
TEV"the way in which you have helped me in the work of the gospel"
NJB"your partnership in the gospel"

This key term (koinōnia) means

1. "joint participation in"

2. "fellowship in" (cf. 4:15)

3. an idiom for giving money (cf. Phil. 4:15; Rom. 12:13; 15:26; II Cor. 9:13; Gal. 6:6; I Tim. 6:18), therefore, it may refer to this church's monetary gift to Paul (cf. 1:7; 4:10,14-18)

See Special Topic at 2:1.

▣ "from the first day until now" This relates to Acts 16:12-40. This phrase tends to define the previous phrase as referring to their participation in the gospel ministry rather than to a financial gift.

1:6 "I am confident" This is a perfect active participle from the root "to persuade," meaning "I have been and continue to be certain."

"He who began a good work in you" This is an aorist middle (deponent) participle. God (Theos) is not in the text but He is assumed (cf. Rom. 8:11; Gal. 1:6, 15 and I Thess. 5:24). The middle voice emphasizes the subject's participation in the action of the verb. However, the form is deponent, which means that this term did not have an active form in Paul's day, therefore, the middle may function as an active voice. There must be a theological balance between God's initiating love and mankind's initial and continuing faith response. It could refer to

1. the beginning of the church

2. the beginning of their participation in the gospel

3. the beginning of their personal salvation

 

NASB"will perfect it"
NKJV"will complete it"
NRSV"will bring it to completion"
TEV"will carry it on until it is finished"
NJB"will go on completing it"

This is a Future active indicative, which can refer to the certainty of the event. Believers live in the tension between the "already" and "the not yet" of the Kingdom of God. Full and complete kingdom benefits are future, while citizenship and status are present. Believers live in the overlapping of the two Jewish ages. The new age has arrived (Bethlehem-Pentecost) but the old age remains (fallen nature both in the physical creation and in fallen mankind).

▣ "the day of Jesus Christ" The reference to the Second Coming is a common element of Paul's opening words in his letters (cf. I Cor. 1:7,8; II Cor. 1:10; Col. 1:5; I Thess. 1:10 and II Thess. 1:4ff). This eschatological event appears in Phil. 1:6,10; 2:16 also.

The eschatological emphasis of a special coming day when humans will meet Jesus (as Savior or Judge) goes by several designations in Paul's writings:

1. "the day of our Lord Jesus Christ" (cf. I Cor. 1:8)

2. "the day of the Lord" (cf. I Cor. 5:5; I Thess. 5:2; II Thess. 2:2)

3. "the day of the Lord Jesus" (cf. I Cor. 5:5; II Cor. 1:14)

4. "the day of Jesus Christ" (cf. Phil. 1:6)

5. "the day of Christ" (cf. Phil 1:10; 2:16)

6. "His day (Son of Man)" (cf. Luke 17:24)

7. "the day that the Son of Man is revealed" (cf. Luke 17:30)

8. "the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ" (cf. I Cor. 1:7)

9. "when the Lord Jesus shall be revealed from heaven" (cf. II Thess. 1:7)

10. "in the presence of the Lord Jesus at His coming" (cf. I Thess. 2:19)

In the OT the writers saw two ages, an evil age and a coming age of righteousness, the age of the Spirit (see Special Topic at Eph. 1:21). God would intervene in history through His Messiah to set up this new age. This event was known as the day of the Lord. Notice that NT writers attribute this to Christ. His first coming, the Incarnation, was foretold in many OT texts. The Jews did not expect a divine person, just a divine intervention. The two comings of the Messiah, one as Suffering Servant and Savior, one as Judge and Lord, were not obvious to OT people.

▣ "He who began. . .will perfect it" Both the terms "began" and "perfect" were technical terms for the beginning and ending of a sacrifice (cf. Rom. 12:1-2).

1:7

NASB, NKJV"I have you in my heart"
NRSV"You hold me in your heart"
TEV"you are always in my heart"
NJB"you have a place in my heart"

The Greek phrase is ambiguous. It can refer to Paul's love for them (NASB, NKJV, TEV, NKJV) or their love for Paul (NRSV). See Special Topic: Heart at Col. 2:2.

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"the defense and confirmation of the gospel"
TEV"defend the gospel and establish it firmly"
NJB"defending and establishing the gospel"

These were technical terms for a "legal defense." The first term is apologia (cf. Acts 22:1; 25:16; II Tim. 4:16), the second term is bebaiōsis, (cf. Heb. 6:16 and James Moulton and George Milligan, The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament Illustrated from the Papyri and Other Non-literary Sources, p. 108, which says it was used "to guarantee legally"). This could have referred to Paul's appearance before (1) Nero or other governmental leaders or (2) his preaching of the gospel.

▣ "you all are partakers of grace with me" This is a compound term with "syn" and "koinonia." It showed Paul's feelings of unity with these believers. This book has an unusual number of compounds with "syn," which meant "joint participation with":

1. 1:7; 4:14  syn + fellowship (koinonia)

2. 1:27 syn + cooperation

3. 2:2 syn + soul or mind

4. 2:17-18 syn + rejoice

5. 2:25; 4:3 syn + worker

6. 2:25 syn + soldier

7. 3:10 syn + form

8. 3:17 syn + initiator

9. 4:3 syn + laborer (or proper name)

The different forms of the word for "fellowship with" (koinōnia) appear often also (cf. 1:5,7; 2:1; 3:10; 4:14,16). Paul felt one with the church in soul and ministry.

1:8 "For God is my witness" Paul is making an oath. This was a common technique of asserting his veracity (cf. Rom. 1:9; II Cor. 1:23; I Thess. 2:5, 10).

▣ "how I long for you all" Paul uses this term to describe his strong desire to be with these friends (cf. Phil. 4:1; Rom. 1:11; I Thess. 3:6; II Tim. 1:4).

▣ "with the affection of Christ" The KJV translates this phrase as "the bowels of Christ." This is possibly related to the OT sacrifice of the lower internal organs (which the Canaanites ate) on the altar of sacrifice at the Tabernacle (cf. Exod. 29:13; Lev. 3:3-4,10, 15; 4:8-9; 7:3-4; 8:16, 25; 9:10,16). The ancients located the emotions in the lower viscera or abdomen (cf. Isa. 63:15; Jer. 4:19). For Paul it is related to love (cf. 2:1; II Cor. 6:12; 7:15; Phil. 1:8,21; Col. 3:12; Philemon 7,12,20).

1:9-11 Verses 9-11 are Paul's prayer on behalf of the church. These verses focus on the believers' Christlike lifestyle, while verses 3-8 focus on their position in Christ. This combines the two aspects of salvation: our position in Christ (forensic justification and positional sanctification) and our possessing of that position in Christlikeness (progressive sanctification). Verses 9-11 are one sentence in Greek.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PERSEVERANCE

1:9 "your love may abound still more and more" This is present active subjunctive which emphasized his prayer that their love would keep growing (cf. I Thess. 3:12). Love is the evidence and sign of a true believer (cf. I Cor. 13; I John 4:7-20). See Special Topic: Abound (Perisseuō) at Eph. 1:8.

NASB"real knowledge and all discernment"
NKJV"knowledge and all discernment"
NRSV"knowledge and full insight"
TEV"true knowledge and perfect judgment"
NJB"the knowledge and complete understanding"

Both of these requests involve full spiritual insight which leads to Christlikeness (cf. Col. 1:9). The first, epignōksō, is usually used in the NT for the knowledge needed for salvation (both a true message to be believed and a person to be welcomed). The second (aisthēsis) was more practically oriented and emphasized lifestyle choices (cf. 2:15). Christian maturity involves all three elements:

1. correct doctrine (cf. I John 4:1-6)

2. personal relationship (cf. John 1:12; 3:16)

3. godly lifestyle (cf. I John 1:7; 2:6)

It also requires perseverance (cf. Matt. 10:22; 24:11-13; Gal. 6:9; Rev. 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21; 21:7).

1:10 "so that you may approve" This was a metallurgical term (dokimazaō). It was used for testing the genuineness of coins or precious metals. It came to have the connotation of "test with a view toward approval" (cf. Rom. 2:18; I Cor. 16:3; I Thess. 2:4). See Special Topic: Greek Terms for Testing and Their Connotations at Phil. 2:22.

NASB, NKJV"the things that are excellent"
NRSV, TEV"what is best"
NJB"true discernment"

Literally this is "things that really count." This same phrase is in Rom. 2:18.

NASB, NKJV"sincere"
NRSV"pure"
TEV"free from impurity"
NJB"innocent"

This is a compound term from "sunshine" (eilē) and "judge" (krinō). It literally meant "tested in the light." It came to have the metaphorical extension of unmixed and, therefore, (1) sincere (cf. I Cor. 5:8; II Cor. 2:17; II Pet. 3:1) or (2) "morally pure" (cf. II Cor. 1:12).

NASB, NRSV"blameless"
NKJV"without offense"
TEV"free from. . .blame"
NJB"free of any trace of guilt"

This is literally, "without offense" or "not causing another to stumble" (similar to II Cor. 8:16). The term means a life without blame (cf. Acts 24:16; I Cor. 10:32).

This concept of blame refers to OT guilt (cf. Gen. 44:10; Josh. 2:17; Jdgs. 15:3). This guiltlessness is referred to several times in Philippians (cf. 2:15; 3:6). Believers are responsible for their brothers in Christ as well as being a positive witness (lifestyle and verbal) to unbelievers (cf. I Tim. 3:2,7).

SPECIAL TOPIC: BLAMELESS, INNOCENT, GUILTLESS, WITHOUT REPROACH

"until the day of Christ" See Special Topic: NT Terms for Christ's Return at Col. 3:4.

1:11 "having been filled" This is a Perfect passive participle. The concept of "filling" is connected to the power of God, the Spirit (cf. Eph. 5:18). He produces Christlikeness in those who believe and cooperate with Him, which is the goal of salvation (cf. Rom. 8:28-29; II Cor. 3:18; Gal. 4:19).

NASB"the fruit of righteousness"
NKJV"the fruits of righteousness"
NRSV"the harvest of righteousness"
TEV"the truly good qualities"
NJB"the fruits of uprightness"

Notice the term "fruit" is singular, as it is in Gal. 5:22, where the fruit of the Spirit is love. Here the fruit is righteousness. The term "righteousness" in Paul's writing usually refers to a believer's legal standing (positional justification and sanctification, see Special Topic: Sanctification at Eph. 1:1) before God (cf. Romans 4-8). Here, however, it implies the practical outworking of inner salvation (progressive sanctification, cf. v. 10; James 3:18). See Special Topic: Righteousness at Eph. 4:24.

▣ "to the glory and praise of God" (cf. Matt. 5:16; Eph. 1:6, 12, 14). Believers' lives need to bring honor to God! Justification must produce sanctification. No fruit, no root! Christ is both saving us and restoring the image of God in fallen mankind. Believers must exhibit the family characteristics of God! See note on "glory" at Eph. 1:6.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:12-18
 12Now I want you to know, brethren, that my circumstances have turned out for the greater progress of the gospel, 13so that my imprisonment in the cause of Christ has become well known throughout the whole praetorian guard and to everyone else, 14and that most of the brethren, trusting in the Lord because of my imprisonment, have far more courage to speak the word of God without fear. 15Some, to be sure, are preaching Christ even from envy and strife, but some also from good will; 16the latter do it out of love, knowing that I am appointed for the defense of the gospel; 17the former proclaim Christ out of selfish ambition rather than from pure motives, thinking to cause me distress in my imprisonment. 18What then? Only that in every way, whether in pretense or in truth, Christ is proclaimed; and in this I rejoice.

1:12 "now I want you to know" This implies that the church had asked Paul some questions (like Corinth, cf. I Cor. 7:1,25; 8:1; 12:1; 16:1) through Epaphroditus who had brought a monetary gift to him while he was in prison (cf. 2:25).

▣ "that my circumstances" This referred to Paul's arrest, imprisonment, and trial(s). Agabus, the prophet, predicted Paul's arrest and imprisonment in Acts 21:10ff. The fact that Paul would speak before Gentile kings was revealed to Ananias in Acts 9:15. God did accomplish His stated purpose for Paul's ministry, but in a way that Paul apparently did not foresee. This same truth is evident in believers' lives. They are not controlled by luck, chance, or fate. God uses even the things that seem derogatory and negative in a marvelous way for His honor and glory (cf. v. 20; Rom. 8:28-29).

▣ "have turned out for the greater progress of the gospel" The term "progress" is used again in v. 25 and in I Tim. 4:15. It had two primary etymological backgrounds that may relate to Paul's use of the term:

1. it was a military term for the advance of troops through rough terrain by means of the advance scouts removing barriers

2. it was used by Greek philosophers (Stoics) as a catchword for the difficult path to wisdom

Although the gospel is progressing it is sometimes difficult. It is interesting to note that the progress mentioned is specified

1. in v. 13 as the gospel being spread through the elite Imperial Guard and the Roman palace itself

2. in v. 14 that other Christian preachers in Rome were taking courage from Paul's attitude and actions to proclaim the gospel while Paul himself was imprisoned

 

NASB"praetorian guard"
NKJV"palace guard"
NRSV"imperial guard"
TEV"the whole palace guard"
NJB"praetorium"

The KJV, NKJV, and TEV translations have "palace," which is quite possible because the word is used this way in Acts 23:35.

In this context it refers to a body of soldiers, not a place, because of the use of the phrase, "and all the rest," which apparently refers to persons. The exact identity of these people is uncertain, but they were probably imperial servants, legal advisers, or court officials who were involved in Paul's legal trial(s).

SPECIAL TOPIC: PRAETORIAN GUARD

1:14 The Greek phrase "in the Lord" can go with "brothers" or with the term "more courage" expressing the basis for the confidence of the other preachers in seeing how Paul faced imprisonment. It is significant to note that one's demeanor, attitude and actions during times of stress and pressure are often a source of great encouragement to other Christians (cf. Job, Jeremiah, Paul).

▣ "to speak the word of God without fear" The phrase "word of God" has some Greek manuscript variations. The ancient Greek uncial manuscripts, א, A, B, and P have the genitive phrase "word of God." However, in P46, Dc, and K, the genitive phrase is omitted. UBS4 gives the omission a "B" rating (almost certain). As is true of most of these manuscript variations, they affect the sense of the passage very little.

1:15 The identity of these jealous Christian preachers (cf. vv. 15,17,18) has caused great debate among commentators. It seems obvious from vv. 11-18 that they were truly preaching Jesus, but from poor motives, not primarily directed toward Jesus and the gospel message but toward Paul in particular. Some have asserted that these are the established Christian leaders (Jewish and Gentile) who were eclipsed by Paul's intellect and spiritual presence at his coming to Rome. Possibly they were the Judaizers like in Galatia but of a less powerful strain. However, because of Paul's sharp words in the book of Galatians (3:2ff), it is improbable that this text refers to the false teachers. Here these are simply preachers with poor motives. This sounds much like our day-jealousy, rivalry, and partisanship often characterize the church of Jesus Christ, instead of love and acceptance which are demanded in I Cor. 13; Rom. 14; Gal. 5:26.

1:16

NASB, NKJV"I am appointed"
NRSV"I have been put here for"
TEV"God have given me the work of"
NJB"I remain firm"

The term "appointed" (keimai) was a military term for a soldier on watch. It is used metaphorically of one's being appointed to a task (cf. Luke 2:34). Paul's imprisonment and trial at Rome was not an accident, but was the predetermined plan of God (cf. Acts 9:15). Jesus' life was also "appointed" (cf. Luke 22:22; Acts 2:23; 3:18; 4:28). It is helpful to see our lives in this same theological world-view!

"the defense of the gospel" This is the same Greek term (apologia) used in 1:7. From it we get the English word "apology" which means "a legal defense." This phrase would imply governmental trials (cf. Acts 22:1) but could also refer to his Jewish synagogue preaching.

1:16-17 It is interesting to note that in the Textus Receptus the phrases in vv. 16 and 17 are reversed in an attempt to match the order of verse 15. This Greek manuscript variation (as so many of them) does not affect the sense of the passage.

1:17 "selfish ambition" This term originally meant "to spin wool for hire," but came to be used in the sense of an aristocratical arrogance against those who had to work for a living. It came to be used metaphorically for selfish ambition. The greatness of Paul's heart can be seen (v. 18) in the fact that he rejoiced that Christ was being preached even if the proclaimer had poor motives. The power is in the Word, not in the proclaimer!

1:18 Paul understood that the gospel message superseded personal rivalries. This verse has tremendous implications for the denominational divisions that are found in the Church today and how believers relate to them personally and theologically (cf. Romans 14 and I Corinthians 8-10).

"in truth" See Special Topic: Truth in Paul's Writings at Eph. 1:13.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:19-26
 19Yes, and I will rejoice, for I know that this will turn out for my deliverance through your prayers and the provision of the Spirit of Jesus Christ, 20according to my earnest expectation and hope, that I will not be put to shame in anything, but that with all boldness, Christ will even now, as always, be exalted in my body, whether by life or by death. 21For to me, to live is Christ and to die is gain. 22But if I am to live on in the flesh, this will mean fruitful labor for me; and I do not know which to choose. 23But I am hard-pressed from both directions, having the desire to depart and be with Christ, for that is very much better; 24yet to remain on in the flesh is more necessary for your sake. 25Convinced of this, I know that I will remain and continue with you all for your progress and joy in the faith, 26so that your proud confidence in me may abound in Christ Jesus through my coming to you again.

1:19 "my deliverance" Literally the term (sōtēria) meant "salvation." Paul most often uses it to speak of spiritual salvation in Christ. (Some examples: Rom. 1:16; 11:14; I Cor. 1:21; 7:6; I Tim. 4:16; II Tim. 2:10; 3:15; 4:18; Titus 3:5.) However, here it is used in the OT sense of physical deliverance (cf. II Tim. 4:18; James 5:15). It was often used in contexts that relate to trials (cf. Mark 13:11; Luke 12:11-12). It is even possible that it is an allusion to Job 13:16 in the Septuagint (LXX), in which Job is finally vindicated by God (cf. Job 42).

Paul felt he was going to be released (cf. the first class conditional sentence of v. 22). It seems that Colossians and Ephesians were written early during Paul's Roman imprisonment and Philippians toward the end. Paul was released and conducted a fourth missionary journey which was described in the Pastoral Letters (I Timothy, Titus and II Timothy) and then apparently was rearrested and beheaded before Nero's suicide in a.d. 68.

Paul's confidence is based on two elements: (1) the prayers of the Philippian Christians and (2) the power of the Spirit of God. It is interesting to note how often Paul requested prayer from the churches (cf. Rom. 15:30; II Cor. 1:11; Eph. 6:18-19; Col. 4:3; I Thess. 5:25). There is a mystery concerning intercessory prayer; God has limited Himself to the prayers of His children (cf. Matt. 7:7-11; 18:19; 21:22; Luke 11:9-13; John 14:13-14; 15:7,16; 16:23-24; I John 3:22; 5:14-15). Somehow, sincere, persistent intercession releases the power of the Spirit in a most unusual way; "we have not because we ask not" (cf. James 4:2).

NASB"provision"
NKJV"supply"
NRSV, TEV"help"
NJB"support"

This term originally is used of a wealthy patron equipping a choir. It came to be used metaphorically for a complete sufficiency and abundant provision.

"of the Spirit of Jesus Christ" Quite often the Holy Spirit is described in terms of His relationship to Jesus (cf. Rom. 8:9; I Cor. 15:45; II Cor. 3:18; Gal. 4:6; and I Pet. 1:11). G. Campbell Morgan's title for the Spirit was "the Other Jesus"! This is completely in line with the purpose of the Spirit found in John 16:7-15. The primary ministry of the Holy Spirit is to bring humans into a place of conviction, to reveal to them the gospel found in the person and work of Jesus Christ, to baptize them into Christ, and then to form Christ in them.

Paul's linking of Jesus and the Spirit was to show that the New Age had come. It was the "age of the Spirit." The Spirit brought in the New Age of righteousness. Yet the New Age was also Messianic. Jesus was the Father's mechanism for inaugurating the New Age of the Spirit. See Special Topics: Jesus and the Spirit at Col. 1:26 and The Personhood of the Spirit at Eph. 1:14.

1:20 "according to my earnest expectation" This term may have been coined by Paul. It is also used in Rom. 8:19. It is metaphorical of someone with an outstretched neck looking intently for something or someone.

NASB"that I shall not be put to shame in anything"
NKJV"that in nothing I shall be ashamed"
NRSV"that I will not be put to shame in any way"
TEV"that I shall never fail in my duty"
NJB"that I shall never have to admit defeat"

This refers to Paul's sense of responsibility in his assigned task but recognizing the difficulties and temptations (cf. I Cor. 4:1-29; 9:27).

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"with all boldness"
TEV"full of courage"
NJB"complete fearlessness"

This Greek word has the basic meaning of "a boldness to speak" (1) in the presence of a superior (God, a judge, a king, etc.) or (2) in tense situations (cf. Acts 4:13,29,31; Eph. 3:12; I Tim. 3:13; Heb. 10:9; I John 4:17). This was Paul's recurrent prayer (cf. Eph. 6:19; Col. 4:3). See Special Topic: Boldness (Parrhēsia) at Col. 2:15.

NASB"Christ shall even now as always, be exalted in my body"
NKJV"as always, so now also Christ will be magnified in my body"
NRSV"Christ will be exalted now as always in my body"
TEV"with my whole being I shall bring honor to Christ"
NJB"so that now, as always, Christ will be glorified in my body"

This is a Future passive verb which shows that Paul was not the main actor or ingredient in God's being honored, but that Christ will be honored through Paul by means of the prayers of the brothers and the power of the Holy Spirit (v. 19). It is significant that Paul closes this phrase with the Greek term for "body." Believers will honor God with their bodies (cf. I Cor. 6:20) or they will not honor Him at all! For the Greeks the body was evil. For Paul it was morally neutral but it was and is the battleground of temptation and the place for honoring and glorifying Christ.

"whether by living or dying" Believers are to exalt Christ, some by their deaths and some by their lives of faithfulness (cf. Rom. 14:8; II Cor. 5:1-10; I Thess. 5:20; Rev. 13:14).

1:21 "for me to live is Christ, and to die is gain" "To live" is a present active infinitive, while "to die" is an aorist active infinitive. This means that the act of continuing to live is Christ (Rom. 12:1-2). This is a difficult phrase to understand, but when we look at Paul's other writings, we see that it meant that believers are dead to sin, dead to self, and dead to the law, but alive unto God for service (cf. Rom. 6:1-11; Col. 3:4; Gal. 2:20; 5:24; 6:14). However, in this context, it must refer to physical death. Paul was on trial for his life, yet his life had already been taken, taken by Christ!

▣ "to die is gain" For Paul, death meant perfect fellowship with God (cf. v. 23). This does not imply that Paul was totally unconcerned about death. He discussed his fears and reservations in II Cor. 5:1-10. There is an element of fear in death for all of us, but the gospel enables believers to boldly face physical death and a holy God. We must understand, however, that the word "gain" here does not mean personal gain for Paul but gain for the gospel (cf. v. 12).

1:22 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence.

▣ "in the flesh" See Special Topic at Col. 1:22.

▣ "this will mean fruitful labor for me" This has been interpreted in two ways: (1) some see it as the fruition and culmination of his work which was already begun (2) others view it as his desire for new work. There is much evidence in the early Church that Paul was released from prison and had a few months of missionary activity before he was rearrested and beheaded by a.d. 68, which is the year in which Nero killed himself.

The evidence for his release is as follows:

1. use of the term "deliverance" in v. 19

2. the first class conditional sentence in v. 22

3. the Pastoral Epistles do not fit the chronology of Acts

4. Clement of Rome, in his first letter to the Corinthians (a.d. 95), particularly in chapter 5, states that Paul was released from prison and went to the bounds of the west

5. expressed in the introduction to Paul's letters in the Muratorian Fragment

6. expressed in Eusebius' Ecclesiastical Histories, 2:22

7. expressed in the sermons of Chrysostom, which mention his later activities

 

▣ "I do not know which to choose" This term usually means "declare." Paul did not really have the choice concerning his living or dying, but he asserts that God did. However, he was struggling mentally between the two options: (1) one would be beneficial to himself, i.e., a martyr's death or (2) his release would be beneficial to the church because he would have more time to preach, teach, and encourage.

1:23 "I am hard pressed from both directions" The term sunechō means "to be tightly pressed or held together" (cf. Luke 12:50; 19:43) and it shows the intense personal struggle that Paul felt related to his ministry options.

▣ "I desire to depart" The term "desire" is a very strong Greek term often translated "lust," but here it is used in a positive sense of a strong desire.

The term "depart" is a very interesting Greek word that referred to a ship being loosed from its mooring or for a military camp being taken down and moved (cf. II Tim. 4:6). Because of Paul's use of this term in II Cor. 5:1,11, it probably refers to his physical death.

▣ "and be with Christ" The Pharisees had always expected an end-time resurrection, (cf. Job 14:14-15; 19:25-27; Dan. 12:2). This is evident from many passages in the NT which refer to the Second Coming, the Judgment and the life beyond. However, in this passage, an added insight is brought into the traditional Jewish concept of Hades: when believers die, they do not enter an unconscious sleep or descend to a semi-conscious holding place, but are present with the Lord (cf. Mark 12:26-27; Luke 16:19-31; 23:43; II Cor. 5:8). There is much biblical ambiguity in this area. The Bible seems to teach an intermediate conscious, bodiless state (cf. I Cor. 15:51-52; I Thess. 4:13, 17; Rev. 6:9; 20:4). At death believers will be with the Lord but in a limited fellowship and this fellowship will not be fully consummated until Resurrection Day (cf. I John 3:2).

SPECIAL TOPIC: WHERE ARE THE DEAD?

"for that is very much better" This is a series of three comparatives which shows Paul's exhilaration at the thought of being with Jesus.

1:25 This implies that Paul expected to be released.

▣ "for your progress and joy in the faith" Verses 25-26 form one sentence in Greek. If it is true that the term "progress" (cf. I Tim. 4:15) implies a difficult journey, then it is significant that the term "joy," so characteristic of this book, is linked with the difficulty of the Christian life. From other NT passages it becomes obvious that one unique characteristic of the Christian is joy amidst physical problems and persecution (cf. Matt. 5:10-12; Rom. 5:3; 8:18; I Thess. 5:16; James 1:2-4; I Pet. 4:12-16).

1:26

NASB"your proud confidence in me may abound in Christ Jesus"
NKJV"your rejoicing for me may be more abundant in Jesus Christ"
NRSV"that I may share abundantly in your boasting in Christ Jesus"
TEV"when I am with you again, you will have even more reason to be proud of me in your life in union with Christ Jesus"
NJB"so that my return to be among you may increase to overflowing your pride in Jesus Christ on my account"

This phrase has two possible objects: (1) Christ or (2) Paul. Were they rejoicing in Christ and the gospel or in Paul's return and ministry among them? The context favors the latter. Paul's ministry would glorify Christ. See Special Topic: Abound (Perisseuō) at Eph. 1:8.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS TO 1:1-26

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Who are the overseers and deacons? What were their responsibilities?

2. Why was this church so special to Paul?

3. Why is verse 6 so significant? How is it related to verses 5 and 10?

4. List the things Paul prays for this church.

5. How could Paul's imprisonment further the gospel?

6. What is the identity of the Christian preachers who preached out of jealousy, rivalry and partisanship?

7. Why is verse 18 so significant in how we treat denominationalism today?

8. Why is the Holy Spirit called the Spirit of Jesus Christ? What is the significance of this interchange?

9. What does Paul mean by "living is Christ and dying is gain"? How does this apply to your daily, Christian world-view?

10. What happens to the Christian at death?

11. How are problems and joy related to the Christian experience?

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:27-30
 27Only conduct yourselves in a manner worthy of the gospel of Christ, so that whether I come and see you or remain absent, I will hear of you that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel; 28in no way alarmed by your opponents which is a sign of destruction for them, but of salvation for you, and that too, from God. 29For to you it has been granted for Christ's sake, not only to believe in Him, but also to suffer for His sake, 30experiencing the same conflict which you saw in me, and now hear to be in me.

1:27 "only conduct yourselves in a manner worthy of the gospel" Verses 27-30 form one extended sentence in the Greek text. This is a present middle (deponent) imperative from the Greek root for city (polis cf. 3:20; Acts 23:1; Eph. 2:19). It could be translated "you must continue to live as citizens" (cf. 3:20). This is reflected in several English translations:

1. The Berkeley Version of the New Testament (Gerrit Verkuyl)

2. The New Testament: An American Translation (Edgar J. Goodspeed)

3. The Emphasized New Testament: A New Translation (J. B. Rotherham)

This would have reflected the historical setting of Philippi as a Roman colony. It also implies theologically that believers are citizens of two worlds and have obligations in both. Paul's usual metaphor for the Christian life is the word "walk." The early Christians were first called "the Way" (cf. Acts 9:2;18:25-26; 19:9,23; 22:4; 24:14,22). Believers are to live worthy lives (cf. Eph. 4:1, 17; 5:2, 15; Col. 1:10; I Thess. 2:12).

▣ "so that whether I come and see you or remain absent" This same truth about the need for consistency in our Christian life can be found in 2:12 and in Eph. 6:6 as Paul admonishes Christian slaves to be diligent whether they are being watched by their masters or not. God is always present!

▣ "that you are standing firm in one spirit" This is a present active indicative. Paul often uses the phrase "standing firm" in one of two senses: (1) our position in Christ (cf. Rom. 5:2; I Cor. 15:1) or (2) our need to maintain Christlikeness (cf. 4:1; I Cor. 15:1; 16:13; Gal. 5:1; Eph. 6:11,13,14; I Thess. 3:8; II Thess. 2:15). This is a call to church unity (cf. Acts 4:32; Eph. 4:1-6).

The concept of "one spirit" has been greatly debated. It can refer to the human redeemed spirit, or to the Holy Spirit. This context, as well as 2:1, combines both aspects. Notice believers are to stand in one spirit, in one mind (psuchē). Unity is crucial (cf. Eph. 4:1-6).

▣ "striving together" This is a present active participle. This syn compound is either (1) an athletic term for a team's participation in the Greek games or (2) a military term. We get the English term "athlete" from this Greek word (cf. 4:3; II Tim. 2:5). The Christian life as a spiritual battle is discussed in Eph. 4:14; 6:10-20.

Notice NJB translation "battling, as a team with a single aim, for the faith."

▣ "For the faith of the gospel" The definite article is present which makes it "the faith." The context demands that this is used in the sense of Christian truths (cf. Eph. 4:5; I Tim. 4:20; II Tim. 1:14 and Jude 3, 20).

Believers ask many questions that the Bible does not address (the exact process of creation, the origin of Satan, the origin of angels, the exact nature of heaven and hell, etc.). Everything that is necessary for salvation and an effective Christian life has been revealed. Holy curiosity must not demand more than what has been given (revelation).

1:28 "in no way alarmed by your opponents" This is a present passive participle which is used to describe a stampede of animals (cf. Acts 18:9,10; I Cor. 2:3). The opponents could be

1. local Jews, although there was no synagogue mentioned in Philippi

2. traveling Jewish opponents, as in Acts 17:13, or like the Judaizers of the Galatian churches (cf. Phil. 3:2-6)

3. local pagans (cf. Acts 16:16-21)

4. local civil authorities (cf. Acts 16:21-40)

 

▣ "which is a sign of destruction for them" This Greek term, "sign," meant proof based on evidence (cf. Rom. 3:25,26; II Cor. 8:24). "Destruction" was a military metaphor which meant "to loose," "bring to nought," or "destroy." The Christians' fearless testimony and lifestyle were witnesses to the judgment of the opponents and the salvation of the believers.

▣ "but you" The "you" in both verse 28 and 29 is emphatic. What a contrast exists between believers and non-believers.

▣ "of salvation for you" This term is rather ambiguous, as in 1:19. It could be used (1) in its full salvatory sense or (2) in its OT sense of physical deliverance (cf. James 5:15). In the context of false teachers and external persecution it is difficult to choose between the two options.

▣ "and that too, from God" The terms "sign" and "salvation" in v. 28 are both feminine while the term "that" is neuter. Therefore, the term "that" may refer to the courage God gives believers to face these opponents. This is a similar construction to Eph. 2:8,9 where the "that" referred not to "grace" or "faith," which are also feminine, but to the whole process of salvation.

1:29 "for to you it has been granted" This is an aorist passive indicative from the root charis (cf. 2:9; Rom. 8:32). God's gracious gifts are the key both to salvation and the Christian life (cf. v. 28).

▣ "not only to believe in Him but also to suffer for His sake" These are two present infinitives which specify what God has given believers in Christ. One relates to continuing faith and the other to continuing maturity. It is hard for believers in modern western culture to discuss suffering. In the NT it was often the norm of the Christian life (cf. Acts 14:22; Rom. 8:17; I Thess. 3:3; II Tim. 3:12; I Pet. 3:14; 4:12-16). A brief breakdown of some of the purposes of suffering might be

1. it was beneficial for Christ (cf. Heb. 2:10; 5:8), therefore,

2. it will be beneficial for believers (cf. 2:10; Rom. 5:3; James 1:2-4; I Pet. 1:6,7), and

3. it brings joyous assurance of believers' place in Christ (cf. Matt. 5:10-12; Acts 5:41; James 1:2; I Pet. 3:14; and 4:12-16)

 

1:30 "experiencing the same conflict" The Philippian believers were undergoing persecution. The term "struggle," used so often by Paul, was either an athletic or military metaphor. We get the English word "agony" from this Greek word.

▣ "which you saw in me" We learn something of Paul's persecution at Philippi from Acts 16:22-24 and I Thess. 2:2. Paul modeled Christianity for them and us.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS to 1:27-30

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. What is Paul asking the believers to do in v. 27?

2. Who are the opponents that are mentioned in 1:28?

3. How are suffering and persecution beneficial to believers?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Philippians 2

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Christian Humility and Christ's Humility Unity Through Humility Humility and the Example of Christ Christ's Humility and Greatness Preserve Unity in Humility
2:1-11 2:1-4 2:1-11 2:1-11 2:1-11
  The Humbled and the Exalted Christ      
  2:5-11      
Shining as Lights in the World Light Bearers   Shining as Lights in the World Work for Salvation
2:12-18 2:12-18 2:12-13 2:12-13 2:12-18
    2:14-18 2:14-16  
      2:17-18  
Timothy and Epaphroditus Timothy Commended Timothy and Epaphroditus Timothy and Epaphroditus The Mission of Timothy and Epaphroditus
2:19-24 2:19-24 2:19-24 2:19-24 2:19-3:1a
  Epaphroditus Praised      
2:25-30 2:25-30 2:25-3:1a 2:25-30  

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS TO 2:1-11

A. This context is obviously related to one of the themes of the book, "a call for unity among the Christians at Philippi" (cf. 1:27; 2:1-4; 4:2-3,5,7,9 and Eph. 4:1-6).

 

B. There has been much discussion among commentators on how this wonderful hymn to Christ (cf. vv. 6-11) functions for ethics or for salvation.

1. It functions as an example to believers to live selfless, giving lives (cf. vv. 1-5).

2. It also deals with the humiliation and exaltation of the pre-existent, incarnated Messiah.

3. In different ways it functions in both areas.

 

C. 2:6-11 seems to be an early Christian hymn

1. the form is metric, poetical, or lyrical

2. it contains several rare Greek terms not used by Paul

3. it is lacking some of the uniquely Pauline theological elements concerning Christ

4. Paul quotes other early church hymns, poems, or liturgical structures in I Tim. 3:16 and II Tim. 2:11-13

5. for another opinion see Gordon Fee, To What End Exegesis? pp. 1731-189

 

D. The structure of the hymn to Christ has been debated. It seems to divide into two equal emphases.

1. Jesus' person and work

a. pre-existence, v. 6

b. incarnation, v. 7

c. substitutionary death, v. 8

2. God the Father's response

a. universal Lordship, v. 9

b. universal confession, v. 10

c. supreme title (Lord), v. 11

 

E. A brief outline of this great hymn to Christ

1. Verses 6-8

a. Christ's humiliation

b. OT background is Genesis 3 (Adam/Christ typology)

c. focuses on Jesus' actions

2. Verses 9-11

a. Christ's exaltation

b. OT background is Isa. 52:13-53:12 (the Suffering Servant)

c. focuses on God the Father's actions

3. Bibles that print poetry differently from prose are crucial in seeing the metric pattern and parallelism (cf. NRSV, TEV, NJB)

 

F. The basic truths found in this Christological hymn

1. Jesus is truly God (in essence, morphē)

2. Jesus is truly man (in form, schēma)

3. Jesus truly sought our best, not His own, so should Christians

4. Jesus is the true object of worship by the will of the Father

 

G. The hymn was non-Pauline

1. It omits the resurrection which was a major and recurrent emphasis of Paul

2. It omits Paul's regular emphasis on Jesus' relation to the Church

3. It uses several terms not used by Paul anywhere else

4. Paul does quote other early church hymns, catechismal poems, or liturgical structures in I Tim. 3:16; II Tim. 2:11-13 and possibly Col. 1:15-20; I Tim. 1:17; 6:15-16

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:1-11
 1Therefore if there is any encouragement in Christ, if there is any consolation of love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if any affection and compassion, 2make my joy complete by being of the same mind, maintaining the same love, united in spirit, intent on one purpose. 3Do nothing from selfishness or empty conceit, but with humility of mind regard one another as more important than yourselves; 4do not merely look out for your own personal interests, but also for the interests of others. 5Have this attitude in yourselves which was also in Christ Jesus, 6who, although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, 7but emptied Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, and being made in the likeness of men. 8Being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross. 9Therefore also God highly exalted Him, and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name, 10so that at the name of Jesus every knee will bow, of those who are in heaven and on earth and under the earth, 11and that every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.

2:1 "if" This is the first in a series of four first class conditional sentences which are assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. Verses 1-4 are one sentence in the Greek.

▣ "any encouragement in Christ" This term can be translated several ways: "stimulus" "appeal," "comfort," "encouragement" or "exhortation." This phrase is similar to Paul's discussion of the attitudes that bring and maintain unity within the local bodies of Christ in Eph. 4:2-3.

 "In Christ" (a locative of sphere) is Paul's most common way of identifying believers. For life, true life, abundant life, believers must remain in vital union with Christ by faith (cf. John 15).

▣ "any consolation of love" Love has always been the root and fruit for the Christian life (cf. John 13:34-35; 15:12,17; I Cor. 13; Gal. 5:22; I John 3:11,27; 4:7-21). Jesus lived it, taught it and commanded it to His followers.

▣ "any fellowship of the Spirit" This is the Greek term koinōnia, which meant "joint participation with" (cf. II Cor. 13:14). Again, the question is, "Does this refer to believers' new redeemed, human spirit being energized by the Holy Spirit," or "the Holy Spirit being given to them"? There is no article with the term "spirit." This may be a purposeful ambiguity. It may theologically refer to both.

SPECIAL TOPIC: KOINŌNIA

▣ "any affection" This is literally "bowels," which is also used in 1:8. The ancients believed that the lower viscera (abdomen) was the seat of the emotions. Both of these terms are also used in Col. 3:12.

"compassion" Paul uses this term four times: (1) to describe God's character (cf. Rom. 12:1; II Cor. 1:3) and (2) to describe how Christians ought to treat each other (cf. 2:11; Col. 3:12). God desires to produce His character (image) in His children. The restoration of God's image lost in the Fall is the purpose of Jesus' coming.

2:2 "make my joy complete" This is an aorist active imperative and shows how Paul felt about these believers even though he was far away in prison. Their actions and choices caused Paul joy or pain.

▣ "by being of the same mind" This is a present active subjunctive that is defined by four present participles (possibly used as imperatives) beginning in v. 2 and running through v. 4 They deal with the very difficult pragmatic question of maintaining unity within the Christian fellowship (cf. Rom. 14:1-15:13; I Cor. 8:1-13; 10:23-33). Paul's guidelines are crucial, not only for Philippi in the first century, but for the Church of every age. The four participles are

1. maintaining the same love

2. unifying in spirit and focusing on one purpose

3. regarding others as more important than oneself

4. looking out for the interest of others

Beware of individualistic religion. Christianity is a family experience.

Paul often uses this term "think" (phroneō) in Philippians it becomes another theme (cf. 1:7; 2:2 [twice]; 2:5; 3:15 [twice]; 3:19; 4:2; and 4:10).

2:3 "do nothing from selfishness or empty conceit" This may describe the situation in the Philippian church caused by the false teachers or by persecution (cf. 1:15,17; Gal. 5:26). There is no verb, but the thrust of the verse is imperative. The repetition of "think" (phroneō) in the context may imply that this verb is to be assumed.

▣ "but with humility of mind" Humility was not a sought-after virtue in the Greco-Roman world, but Christ made it a unique aspect of His own life and called on His followers to emulate it in their Christian lives (cf. v. 8; Matt. 11:29; I Pet. 5:5,6). It is the contextual opposite of "selfishness and empty conceit."

▣ "regard one another as more important than yourselves" This is a Present middle (deponent) participle. This goes against all of our natural, human tendencies, but it is the will of God (cf. Rom. 12:10; I Cor. 10:24, 33; Gal. 6:2; Eph. 5:2). For "more important" see Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at Eph. 1:19.

2:4 "do not merely look out for your own personal interests" This is a present active participle with the negative particle (used as an imperative) which usually means to stop an act in process. It meant "to look attentively at something" (cf. II Cor. 4:18). The term "interest" can refer to (1) things; (2) spiritual gifts; or (3) affairs. The real key here is the word "only." It's not that believers are not to take interest in their own affairs (cf. I Tim. 5:8), but they are not to make them a priority to the exclusion of others, especially other believers. The balance is seen in Gal. 6:1-2. Believers are to keep a sharp watch on themselves so that they can watch out for others.

2:5 "have this attitude in yourself" This is a present active imperative. Believers are commanded to continue to think (phroneō) like Christ. The goal of Christianity is Christlikeness in thought and deed (cf. Col. 3:16). This is the beginning of a quote by Paul from an early Christian hymn. There are several terms in this poetic section not found elsewhere in Paul. Other examples of Paul quoting from this type of material are Eph. 5:14; I Tim. 3:16; II Tim. 2:11-13 and possibly Col. 1:15-20; I Tim. 1:17; 6:15-16.

Christians are admonished to follow Christ's example in two ways: (1) He left His pre-existent, divine glory to become a human, not for Himself, but for others and (2) He was willing to die, not because of His own sins, but for others'. Christ's followers are to emulate these self-giving, self-abasing characteristics (cf. I John 3:16). We are our brothers' keeper because our brother is in the image and likeness of God!

2:6 "who although He existed" Literally this is "who being in the form of God." This is one of two present tenses (here a participle) in the midst of a series of Aorist tense verbs and participles. It emphasizes the pre-existence of Jesus of Nazareth (cf. John 1:1; 8:57-58; 17:5,24; II Cor. 8:9; Col. 1:17; Heb. 10:5-7). Jesus' pre-existence is another proof of His deity. Jesus did not come into being at Bethlehem. There has never been a time when Jesus did not exist and was not divine.

▣ "in the nature of God" This is the Greek word morphē which is used in several senses.

1. an Aristotlian sense of essence

2. the sense of the nature of something or unchanging essence of something (this is how the early Church fathers interpreted it) 

3. the outward form of something, as in the Septuagint (LXX). This does not mean that YHWH has a physical body, but that the attributes and characteristics-the very essence of God the Father-are evident in God the Son.

It is another way of asserting the full deity of Christ. See Special Topic: Monotheism at Eph. 4:6.

"did not regard equality with God" Literally this is "thought it not robbery to be equal with God." This is the other present tense (here an infinitive). The Greek term "equality" comes into English as "isometric." It is another way of asserting that Jesus is fully God (cf. John 1:1; Titus 2:13). 

NASB"a thing to be grasped"
NKJV"robbery"
NRSV"something to be exploited"
TEV"that by force"
NJB"something to be grasped"

This rare Greek word, harpagmos, originally meant "the act of seizing something" or "a sought after prize" (harpagma). However, it could be used in a passive sense (Greek mos ending) meaning "that which is seized or held on to." A third possibility is "something that someone has but does not use for personal advantage." This is reflected in the Phillip's translation of v. 7: "stripped Himself of every advantage."

Jesus already possessed full equality with God. The theological reason for this phrase's ambiguity is the Adam/Christ typology, where Adam tried to grasp equality with God by eating the forbidden fruit (cf. Genesis 3). Jesus, the second Adam (cf. Rom 5:12ff), followed God's plan in perfect obedience where suffering preceded exaltation (cf. Isaiah 53).

2:7

NASB, NRSV,
NJB"emptied Himself"
NKJV"made Himself of no reputation"
TEV"of His own free will He gave up all He had"

The pronoun is emphatic. This was Jesus' own choice! There are several theories about what it meant that Jesus emptied Himself (cf. II Cor. 8:9).

1. Paul uses this term several times (cf. Rom. 4:14; I Cor. 1:17; 9:15; II Cor. 9:3). Apparently Jesus chose to live as a human. He voluntarily left His divine glory and accepted the limitations of flesh. Surely He still had greater insight and spiritual power than ordinary fallen mankind. He was what all humans were intended to be. He is the second Adam and more.

2. Jesus did not become less than God in His Incarnation, but He apparently added humanity to His deity. He left the outward glory of Deity and took on the outward form of a man. This involved addition, not subtraction. During Jesus' earthly ministry, He was filled and empowered by the Spirit, but also He was both fully God and fully human (tempted, Matthew 4; tried, John 4; afraid in Gethsemane, Mark 14:32-42). He truly knew and revealed the Father (cf. John 1:18). He was truly one with our humanity (cf. John 1:4).

3. It is possible that this emptying was a way of alluding to Isa. 53:1-3. If so, it related not to his humanity (Phil. 2:7-8a) but to His crucifixion (Phil. 2:8b) as the servant of YHWH (cf. Mark 10:45-15:53).

 

▣ "taking the form of a bond-servant" This is an exact literary parallel to the phrase "the nature of God" (cf. v. 6). The term "bond-servant" (doulos) here could be used in the sense of the Suffering Servant of Isa. 42:1-9; 49:1-7; 50:4-11; 52:13-53:12. Jesus left His heavenly glory for a manger (cf. II Cor. 8:9). This is also the background of vv. 9-11. This verse emphasizes Jesus' Incarnation (aorist participle), not His crucifixion, which is spelled out in v. 8.

Jesus clearly demonstrated that true leadership, true power is a servant's heart. To lead, one must serve (cf. Mark 10:42-45; Matt. 20:25-28). His humility is a sign of true strength. His self-giving love is a true sign of deity.

▣ "and being made in the likeness of man" The RSV & NRSV translate this word as "being born." This is the second major emphasis of this early Church hymn: the full humanity of Christ. This was done to refute the Gnostic false teachers, who held to an eternal (ontological) dualism between spirit and matter. The dual nature of Jesus is a major NT theological issue (cf. I John 4:1-6). Jesus' use of the OT term "Son of Man" points in this direction. In Ps. 8:4 and Ezek. 2:1 the term has its normal Jewish meaning of human person. However, in Dan. 7:13 it took on divine characteristics (i.e., riding on the clouds of heaven and receiving the eternal kingdom). Jesus used this phrase for Himself. It was not widely used by the rabbis and had no militaristic, nationalistic, or exclusivistic connotations.

The beginning of v. 8 emphasizes this same theological truth with the distinction that although Jesus was fully human, He did not participate in mankind's fallen nature (cf. Rom. 8:3; I Cor. 5:21; Heb. 4:15; 7:26; I Pet. 2:22; I John 3:5).

2:8 "in appearance as a man" There is some confusion among the translations as to whether this phrase should go with verse 7 or 8. This is the Greek term "schēma," which was usually contrasted with "morphē." In Greek philosophy morphē meant "the inner form of something that truly reflected its essence," while "schēma" meant "the outer changing form of something that did not fully represent its inner essence" (cf. I Cor. 7:31). Jesus is like us in all ways except fallen mankind's sin nature.

▣ "He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death" This may be an allusion to the Septuagint's (LXX) translation of Isa. 53:8. Jesus followed the Father's eternal redemptive plan (cf. Luke 22:22; Acts 2:23; 3:18; 4:28) even unto physical torture and death (aorist active indicative and aorist participle).

▣ "even death on a cross" The cross was a stumbling-block to the Jews (cf. I Cor. 1:23). They were not expecting a suffering Messiah, but a conquering Messiah. Also because of Deut. 21:23, which implies that if someone was publicly exposed after death, it was a sign of a curse by God. The Jews could not see how their Messiah could be cursed by God, but this is exactly the truth of Gal. 3:13, that He became a curse for us. The concept of a suffering Messiah (cf. Gen. 3:15; Psalm 22) was repugnant to them. Yet this is how YHWH deals with the human sin problem, the vicarious, substitutionary atonement of Christ (cf. Isa. 52:13-53:12; Mark 10:45; John 1:29; I Pet. 1:19). The cross is the central truth of the NT where the love and justice of God meet and are merged.

2:9

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"therefore"
TEV"For this reason"
NJB"And for this"

The NT presents Jesus in two ways: (1) fully pre-existent Deity ( cf. John 1:1-3,14; 8:57-58; Col. 1:17) and (2) exalted Deity because of His obedient, holy earthly life (cf. Rom. 1:4; Phil. 2:9). In the early church this led to a conflict between orthodox and adoptionist theologians. However, as so often, they both had an aspect of truth. What Jesus was is confirmed by what He did! There are not two Christologies, but two ways of viewing the same truth. Our response should not be to try to decide which is true, but to thank God for Christ before time, in time, and beyond time!

▣ "God highly exalted Him" This is an allusion to the Septuagint (LXX) translation of Isa. 52:13. The intensified form of the term huperupsoō is found only here in the NT and rarely in secular Greek. See Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at Eph. 1:19. This was not adoptionist Christology, which asserted that Jesus was rewarded with deity. Jesus was restored to divine pre-existent glory (cf. Eph. 4:10). In John's Gospel Jesus' death is referred to as His glorification (cf. 7:39; 12:16,23; 13:31-32; 16:14; 17:1). The humble servant is now King of Kings!

▣ "and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name" This special exalted name is "Lord" (cf. v. 11). The verb (echarisato) in v. 9 means "graciously given" as in 1:29. The term "Lord" is an allusion to the OT covenant name for God, YHWH (cf. Exod. 3:14; 6:3), which the Jews were afraid to pronounce lest they break one of the Ten Commandments (cf. Exod. 20:7; Deut. 5:11). Therefore, they substituted the name Adon, which meant Lord, owner, husband. Jesus, who came in the form of a servant, was returned to His cosmic Lordship (cf. John 17:5; Col. 1:15-20). "Jesus is Lord" was the public, personal confession of faith for the early Church (cf. Rom. 10:9; I Cor. 8:6; 12:3). Jesus of Nazareth is given the supreme title of Deity (cf. Eph. 1:21 and Heb. 1:4). See Special Topic: Names For Deity at Col. 1:3.

2:10 "every knee should bow of those who are in heaven, on earth, and under the earth" One day everyone will acknowledge Jesus as Lord. The only question is whether they will do it in time by faith, and thereby become a part of the family of God, or do it on the Day of the Lord and be judged by Him (cf. Matt. 25:31-48; Rev. 20:11-15).

The parallel phrases in this verse refer to angels, both free and bound and humans, both living and dead. All conscious creatures shall acknowledge Jesus' Lordship, but only humans can be redeemed. Verses 10-11 seem to be an allusion to Isa. 45:23, which is quoted in Rom. 14:11. In its original context it was the worship of YHWH that has now been transferred to the Messiah (cf. John 5:23). The transfer of titles and functions between YHWH and Jesus is another way the NT authors assert the full deity of Jesus. See Special Topic: Angels in Paul's Writings at Eph. 6:12.

2:11 "and every tongue should confess" This is an aorist middle subjunctive (used as future, some MSS have the future, i.e., A, C, D, F, G) of exomologeō which acknowledges the fact that public, verbal acknowledgment of the lordship of Christ will be an end-time reality. This acknowledgment of Jesus' Lordship was an early profession of faith (i.e., baptismal liturgy). Paul used this term as he used several OT quotes from the Septuagint (cf. 2:11 and Rom. 14:11 from Isa. 45:23 and Rom. 15:9 from Ps. 18:49. Also the related term homologeō in Rom. 10:13 from Joel 2:37).

SPECIAL TOPIC: CONFESSION

▣ "to the glory of God the Father" The worship of Jesus is the purpose of God the Father in sending Him. This phrase "to the glory of God" relates to believers' lifestyle in 1:11 and here in 2:11 for their salvation, brought through the work of Christ. This same key phrase is used three times in Paul's prayer of praise to the triune God in Eph. 1:3-14. Ultimately Jesus will turn all power, authority, and praise over to the Father to whom it belongs (cf. I Cor. 15:27-28). See full note on "glory" at Eph. 1:6. 

CONTEXTUAL INSIGHTS TO PHILIPPIANS 2:12-30

A. Verses 12-18, like vv. 1-11, relate to Christian living.

 

B. Verses 19-30 relate to Paul's helpers, Timothy and Epaphroditus and their coming to Philippi.

1. Timothy, vv. 19-24

2. Epaphroditus, vv. 25-30

 

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:12-13
 12So then, my beloved, just as you have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your salvation with fear and trembling; 13for it is God who is at work in you, both to will and to work for His good pleasure.

2:12-13 This is one sentence in Greek.

2:12 "So then" This is obviously connected to the previous discussion of the humility and obedience of Christ. In light of Christ's ultimate example in vv. 6-11, these believers were implored to live (1) humbly and caringly, vv.1-5, and (2) like Christ, vv. 14-18.

"my beloved" Paul loved this church in a special way (cf. 4:15-16). Paul uses this phrase often to describe those converted under his ministry (cf. Rom. 112:19; 16:8,9,12; I Cor. 4:14,17; 10:14; 15:58; II Cor. 7:1; 12:19; Eph. 6:21; Phil. 4:1 [twice]; Col. 4:7,9,14; I Tim. 6:2; II Tim. 1:2; Philemon vv. 1,2,16).

NASB, NKJV"as you have always obeyed"
NRSV, TEV"as you have always obeyed me"
NJB"you have always been obedient"

The text does not state who they obeyed. It could have been (1) Father/Son/Spirit; (2) the Christian faith; or (3) Paul. The obedience of Christ, mentioned in 2:8, was given as an example for the Philippians to follow (cf. Luke 6:46). This phrase may refer to the church's obedience to Paul's teaching (cf. v. 12b). Christianity is a process which involves repentance, faith, obedience, service, and perseverance!

▣ "not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence" Christianity is what we are, not what we do! Believers must not perform acts to be seen (cf. 1:27; Eph. 6:6; Col. 3:22).

"work out your salvation" This verb is a mathematical term used of a problem brought to its conclusion. Its form is present middle (deponent) imperative plural.

Verses 12-13 have been the focus of much theological discussion relating to the sovereignty of God, which is emphasized in v. 13 (cf. 1:6), and the free will of human persons which is called on in vv. 12. The term "salvation" in v. 12

1. refers to a believer's spiritual relationship with Christ. Paul has just mentioned becoming a Christian in 2:9-10. This is another example of the tension between sovereignty and free-will, both initial and ongoing (cf. 2:16)

2. does not refer to eternal spiritual salvation, but either to

a. OT "physical deliverance"

b.  "wholeness," as it does in 1:19

This aspect of salvation as "wholeness" can also be seen in Acts 4:10; 14:9; 27:34. The initiating grace of God and the required faith response of a repentant human are clearly seen in Eph. 2:8-9. Obviously, believers do not work for their salvation, but after they are saved, they cooperate with the Spirit to live in Christlike maturity (cf. vv. 14-17; Eph. 2:10; 5:18). Salvation is all of God and totally free but it requires an active, costly, repentant, continuing faith response (cf. Matt. 13:44-46).

The context militates against an individualistic interpretation because the "your" in v. 12, "you" in v. 13, and all the verbs are plural, which refers to the entire Philippian church, not to an individual's spiritual salvation. If it did refer to spiritual salvation it is corporate (cf. 1:28) and progressive (cf. I Cor. 1:18;15:2; II Cor. 2:15). The thrust of the passage may have been to encourage them to trust in God's presence and purpose for the church at Philippi (cf. Gal. 3:4; I Cor. 15:2).

▣ "with fear and trembling" This was an OT idiom of respect and awe towards God (cf. Ps. 2:11; 119:120). It is used several times in Paul's writings (cf. I Cor. 2:3; II Cor. 7:15; Eph. 6:5). Believers need to remember the transcendent Holiness of God!

2:13 "for it is God who is at work in you" "God" is placed first in the sentence for emphasis. The term "work" is a present active participle which refers to "continuous effective work" (cf. Gal. 5:6). This is a different compound term from v. 12 but the same root. The phrase "in you" is plural and may mean "among you," which focuses on God's activity in the life of the Church (cf. Col. 1:27).

NASB"both to will and to work for His good pleasure"
NKJV"both to will and to do His good pleasure"
NRSV"both to will and to work for his good pleasure
TEV"to make you willing and able to obey his own purpose"
NJB"for his own generous purpose, gives you the intention and the powers to act"

Believers' attitudes and actions are produced by the Spirit. The present active participle of v. 13a is repeated as a present active infinitive in v. 13b. This is the paradox of a sovereign God and a covenant-making God. Salvation is a free gift and a cost-everything commitment! Paul is a good example of God's undeserved grace (cf. I Cor. 15:10). In this context (cf. Gal. 3:4; I Cor. 15:2) God's will is for a united, loving, witnessing, effective church.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:14-18
 14Do all things without grumbling or disputing; 15so that you will prove yourselves to be blameless and innocent, children of God above reproach in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, among whom you appear as lights in the world, 16holding fast the word of life, so that in the day of Christ I will have reason to glory because I did not run in vain nor toil in vain. 17But even if I am being poured out as a drink offering upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I rejoice and share my joy with you all. 18You too, I urge you, rejoice in the same way and share your joy with me.

2:14-16 These verses are one sentence in Greek.

2:14 "do all things without grumbling or disputing" There was obviously disunity in the Philippian congregation. Whether the source was

1. Christian leaders who were jealous (cf. 1:14-17)

2. the two women who were at war with each other (cf. 4:2-3)

3. the false teachers (cf. 3:2ff)

is uncertain The text does not specify whether Paul, other Christians, or unbelievers were the object of the grumbling.

2:15

NASB"that you may prove yourselves to be"
NKJV"that you may become"
NRSV, TEV"so that you may become"
NJB"so that you remain"

This is an aorist middle (deponent) subjunctive. As believers choose to be saved, so they must choose to live for Christ! The NT is a new covenant. The believer has rights and responsibilities!

"blameless" This is literally "without defect" (cf. 3:6). Originally in the OT it referred to sacrificial animals but came to be used metaphorically for humans (cf. Noah, Gen. 6:9,17 and Job, Job 1:1). It is applied to Jesus in Heb. 9:14 and I Pet. 1:19. This was another way of referring to the Christlike life. This is God's will for His people (cf. Lev. 19:2; Deut. 18:13; Matt. 5:48; I Pet. 1:16). God wants to reflect Himself in believers ("children of God," cf. Eph. 1:4, 6:27; Col. 1:22; Jude 24) and thereby draw the lost world to Himself (cf. v. 15). See Special Topic: Blameless at Col. 1:22.

▣ "spotless" This is a term from the wine industry for "unmixed wine." It is used in the NT metaphorically for moral purity (cf. Matt. 10:16; Rom. 16:19).

▣ "above reproach" This was used in the Septuagint (LXX) for sacrificial animals. The term is often used metaphorically in the NT to indicate moral uprightness (cf. Eph. 1:4; Col. 1:22; Jude 24; Rev. 14:5,6). This does not imply sinlessness, but maturity.

▣ "in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation" In Deut. 32:5 this phrase refers to Israel, but in this context it refers to the unbelieving world. This is another example of NT author's universalizing OT passages to fit all mankind. The root of the terms "crooked" and "perverse" is related to the OT concept of the righteousness of God which is described as a "measuring reed" (a straight edge or ruler). Any deviation from His standard was described in terms of "crooked" or "bent." These terms are translated by "sin," "iniquity," or "trespass" in English. Notice that in this context it is the Church that is called on to be the light in a darkened world.

NASB"you appear as lights in the world"
NKJV"you shine as lights in the world"
NRSV"you shine like stars in the world"
TEV"You must shine among them like stars lighting up the sky"
NJB"shining out among them like bright stars in the world"

Notice the plurals indicating a corporate context. This does not refer to individuals, as in Daniel 12, but to churches as a whole (cf. 2:12). There have been two possible understandings of this term:

1. as related to Dan. 12:3, where believers are described as luminaries or stars shining in the sky

2. those who bear light (i.e., the gospel of v. 16) to the world (kosmos).

In Matt. 5:14-16 believers are to be light-bearers, with Jesus as our example (cf. John 8:12; Eph. 5:14).

2:16

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"hold fast the word of life"
TEV"so you offer them the message of life"
NJB"Proffering to it the Word of life"

This is a present tense participle which can be interpreted in two ways: (1) "holding fast," referring to believers' continued faithfulness or (2) "holding forth," referring to believers as witnesses. Both could fit this context (esp. 2:12).

▣ "in the day of Christ" This refers to the Second Coming of Christ. A very similar phrase is used in 1:6,10. Often in the NT the Second Coming is used as a motivation for current Christian living. See Special Topic at 1:10.

▣ "I may have cause to glory" The godliness of the Philippian Christians (i.e., churches) was evidence of Paul's apostleship (cf. Phil. 4:1; I Thess. 2:19-20).

▣ "I did not run in vain nor toil in vain" This is literally "that not in vain I ran nor in vain labored" (i.e., for the purpose of establishing effective, reproducing gospel churches). These are two aorist tense verbs. The first term, "ran," was used in the Egyptian papyri for water running to no purpose. In this context, "vain" must refer to their Christlike maturity (not their salvation) as they shine forth for Christ! Paul often expresses his anxiety about the new churches' maturity and steadfastness by using metaphors such as these (cf. Gal. 2:2; 4:11; I Thess. 2:1; 3:3,5). Paul often spoke of his ministry as an athletic contest (cf. I Cor. 9:24-27; I Tim. 6:12; II Tim. 4:7).

2:17,18 These verses contain four terms which are usually translated "rejoice." This shows that even at the prospect of death (Roman capital punishment while in prison), Paul was glad to be serving Christ and them (i.e., the churches he established). He also admonishes them to do the same. Believers are to give their lives on behalf of others as Christ gave His life for them (cf. vv. 5-11; II Cor. 5:13-14; Gal. 2:20; I John 3:16).

2:17 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence which was assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. This should not be taken as Paul's expecting the death sentence. In this same book he expressed his hope and expectation for release (cf. 1:25; 2:24).

NASB, NKJV"I am being poured out as a drink offering"
NRSV"I am being poured out as a libation"
TEV"my life's blood is to be poured out like an offering"
NJB"my blood has to be poured as a libation"

This is a present passive indicative. Paul views himself as a sacrifice on behalf of the faith of the Philippians (i.e., Gentiles, cf. Rom. 15:16). Paul refers to his ministry as a sacrifice several times (cf. Rom. 15:16; II Tim. 4:6). This Greek term reflects an OT term for a wine libation (cf. Exod. 29:38-41; Num. 15:3-10).

▣ "upon the sacrifice and service of your faith" Paul saw his life and ministry as a sacrifice to God (cf. Rom. 12:1-2). He was offering the Gentiles to God (cf. Rom. 15:16). Jesus was a sacrifice for all mankind (cf. Isaiah 53; Mark 10:45; II Cor. 5:21; Eph. 5:2). Believers are to emulate Jesus and Paul (cf.4:19).

The Greek word translated "service" (leitourgia) comes into English as "liturgy." It was used in the Septuagint (LXX) for a priest providing an offering. This may be another allusion to Paul's self sacrifice for the gospel.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 2:19-3:1
 19But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy to you shortly, so that I also may be encouraged when I learn of your condition. 20For I have no one else of kindred spirit who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare. 21For they all seek after their own interests, not those of Christ Jesus. 22But you know of his proven worth, that he served with me in the furtherance of the gospel like a child serving his father. 23Therefore I hope to send him immediately, as soon as I see how things go with me; 24and I trust in the Lord that I myself also will be coming shortly. 25But I thought it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother and fellow worker and fellow soldier, who is also your messenger and minister to my need; 26because he was longing for you all and was distressed because you had heard that he was sick. 27For indeed he was sick to the point of death, but God had mercy on him, and not on him only but also on me, so that I would not have sorrow upon sorrow. 28Therefore I have sent him all the more eagerly so that when you see him again you may rejoice and I may be less concerned about you. 29Receive him then in the Lord with all joy, and hold men like him in high regard; 30because he came close to death for the work of Christ, risking his life to complete what was deficient in your service to me. 3:1Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things again is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you.

2:19 "But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send" Paul knew his life and plans were not his own, but were controlled by the will of God (cf. v. 24; I Cor. 4:19; James 4:13-17).

▣ "so that I also may be encouraged" This is a present active subjunctive. This term is used in the sense of a "farewell" and "good luck" and has been found on many ancient tombs. This is the only usage in the NT and seems to be used in the sense of "cheered" (NRSV).

2:20

NASB"kindred spirit"
NKJV"like-minded"
NRSV"like him"
TEV"who shares my feelings"
NJB"cares as sincerely for your well-being"

This is literally "like- souled" (isopsuchos) This implies that Timothy had the same love for the Philippian church as Paul did. A similar compound "like-minded" (sumpsuchos) is used in 2:2.

NASB, NRSV"who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare"
NKJV"who will sincerely care for your state"
TEV"who really cares about you"
NJB"cares as sincerely for your well-being"

Originally this term meant "legitimately born," but it came to be used metaphorically for "genuine." The term "concerned" appears in 4:6 and means "anxious" and had a negative connotation. In this verse it has a positive connotation.

2:21 It is uncertain to whom Paul was referring, but he obviously meant his associates in the ministry. This is probably related to the jealous preachers in the Roman church (cf. 1:14-17). Others see it as being related to the false teachers of chap. 3. However, this seems unusual because Paul would not refer to them as "preachers of Christ" (cf. 1:15). A good example of the kind of mixed priorities Paul is referring to can be seen in Demas (cf. II Tim. 4:10). Self-interest was, and is, a recurrent problem (cf. I Cor. 10:24; 13:5; Phil. 2:4).

2:22 "his proven worth" This term is used of testing coins or precious metals to prove their genuineness. Timothy had been with Paul at Philippi as recorded in Acts 16 and 20. He was well acquainted with this church and he loved them dearly.

SPECIAL TOPIC: GREEK TERMS FOR TESTING AND THEIR CONNOTATIONS

▣ "like a child serving his father" This was Paul's way of referring to a good, loyal, and faithful helper (cf. Titus 1:4). However, in Timothy's case, it also meant convert (cf. I Tim. 1:2; II Tim. 1:2).

2:23 "as soon as I see how things go with me" Paul did expect some word concerning his legal case soon, but he was still uncertain whether he would be put to death or be able to return and visit with them. The order of Paul's prison letters seems to be: (1) Colossians, Ephesians, and Philemon early in the trial process and (2) Philippians toward the conclusion of the case.

2:24 "I trust" This is a perfect active indicative used in the sense of "to be assured or confident" (cf. II Cor. 2:3; Heb. 13:18). Paul's confidence was in the Lord (v. 24), in the Spirit (1:19b), and in their prayers (1:19a). Paul had much more confidence in his release from prison in this book than in Colossians or Ephesians.

2:25 "I thought" These are epistolary aorists. Paul was writing as if he had already done it.

▣ "necessity" This is a very strong Greek word (cf. Acts 1:24; 13:46; II Cor. 9:5; Heb. 8:3). It is placed first in the sentence for emphasis.

▣ "Epaphroditus" His name is related to the goddess, Aphrodite. He is not the same as Epaphras who was mentioned in Col. 1:7; 4:12; Philemon 23, although Epaphras is an abbreviation of Epaphroditus.

▣ "my brother and fellow-worker and fellow soldier" Paul saw this man as a close associate. Apparently he had been sent by the Philippians to bring a monetary gift to Paul in prison and to stay on and help him. While there, he became deathly ill (v. 27). Paul was returning him to his home church and expressing his thanksgiving to them for sending him. Paul did not want the church to be angry with him because he had returned early.

▣ "your messenger and minister to my needs" "Messenger" is the term "apostle" which means "a sent one." Here, it is used in its non-technical sense (cf. 4:18; II Cor. 8:23). Remember context determines word meaning, not the lexicon/dictionary.

2:26 "for he was longing for you all" This is a strong term used of Paul's longing to see this church as in 1:8 and 4:1. Epaphroditus was homesick as well as physically ill.

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"distressed"
TEV"is very upset"
NJB"was worrying"

This term can mean "homesick" from one usage found in the Koine Greek papyri found in Egypt. Here it describes his mental anguish over the report of his physical illness reaching the Philippian church. This same term is used of Jesus' agony in Gethsemane (cf. Matt. 26:37; Mark 14:33).

2:27 "he was sick to the point of death" Apparently Paul was unable to heal him (cf. v. 30). It is difficult to determine when and how the Apostles used the gift of healing and why they were unable to do so on some occasions (cf. II Cor. 12; II Tim. 4:20). Healing is not automatic. Do those modern preachers who claim that God desires all to be healed really believe that Paul the Apostle did not have enough faith on this occasion? Faith is not the key to divine healing, but God's will and plan for the ones healed.

Paul wanted the Philippians to know that Epaphroditus was truly and seriously ill. Possibly some in the church at Philippi would be upset when he returned home early (cf. vv. 28-30).

2:30 "risking his life" This is an aorist middle participle which literally means "gambled." It must refer to his sickness. Paul uses the Greek term "soul" (psychē) to refer to Epaphroditus' life. The Bible does not follow the Greek concept that humans have "an immortal soul" but the Hebrew concept that humans are a "living soul" (cf. Gen. 2:7). The physical body is the outward boundary of our earthly existence. Humans are related to this planet like the animals, but they are also related to God. Human beings, however, are a unity, not a dichotomy or trichotomy (cf. I Thess. 5:23; Heb. 4:12). This unity is discussed in the NT in contrasting ways:

1. old man-new man

2. external-internal

3. present age-age to come

4. flesh-spirit

5. resurrection life-resurrection day

Be careful of a proof-texted theology that picks one or two verses out of their literary context and asserts that they are the "key" to interpret the rest of the bible. If the interpretive key to the Scriptures is the trichotomous humanity (body, soul, spirit) then where is the clear teaching passage from Jesus or Paul? Anyone can pick an isolated verse and claim it as the key. This would imply that God's truth is not clearly written for the common man, but only for an elite group with secret knowledge of this "key" verse or perspective (Gnosticism). This approach to interpretation is a plague in modern Christianity.

NASB"to complete what was deficient in your service to me"
NKJV"to supply what was lacking in your service to me"
NRSV"to make up for those services that you could not give me"
TEV"in order to give me the help that you yourselves could not give"
NJB"to do the duty to me which you could not do yourselves"

In English this sounds somewhat negative, however, it was a Greek idiom showing lack of opportunity but with a positive desire (cf. 4:10; Rom. 1:10).

3:1 "finally" This is literally "for the rest" (loipon). Paul often used this term to make the transition to a new subject, usually at the close of the letter (cf. II Cor. 13:11; Eph. 6:10; I Thess. 4:8; II Thess. 3:1).

There is a new trend in NT interpretation called "chiasim" which seeks to discern a type of inverted outline (ex. A, B, C, B, A). This pattern of parallelism is known from the OT and many assert that it was also common in Greek thought. Often Paul's finale seems to introduce the middle truth of this structured parallelism.

▣ "rejoice in the Lord" This is a recurrent theme. Rejoice in suffering, rejoice in salvation, rejoice in Him!

▣ "To write the same things again is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you" Major truths need to be repeated for emphasis, impact, and retention. Paul must have said these things to them orally while in Philippi and could possibly have written to them in a previous letter.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Explain the meaning of verses 12-13 (both contextually and theologically).

2. Why would the Philippian Christians be grumbling and disputing (v.14)?

3. Why were Paul’s co-ministers seen as having mixed interests (v.21)?

4. Why could Paul not heal Epaphroditus?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Philippians 3

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
The True Righteousness All for Christ A Warning The True Righteousness The True Way of Christian Salvation
3:1-11 3:1-11 3:1b 3:1-11 3:1b-16
    3:2-4a    
    3:4b-6    
    3:7-11    
Pressing Toward the Mark Pressing Toward the Goal Confession and Exhortation Running Toward the Goal  
3:12-16 3:12-16 3:12-16 3:12-14  
      3:15-16  
  Our Citizenship in Heaven      
3:17-4:1 3:17-4:1 3:17-4:1 3:17-21 3:17-4:1

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:1
 1Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things again is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you.

3:1 "finally" This is literally "for the rest" (loipon). Paul often used this term to make the transition to a new subject, usually at the close of the letter (cf. II Cor. 13:11; Eph. 6:10; I Thess. 4:8; II Thess. 3:1).

▣"rejoice in the Lord" This is a recurrent theme. Rejoice in suffering, rejoice in salvation, rejoice in Him!

▣ "To write the same things again is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you" Major truths need to be repeated for emphasis, impact and retention. Paul must have said these things to them orally while in Philippi and could possibly have written to them in a previous letter.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:2-6
 2Beware of the dogs, beware of the evil workers, beware of the false circumcision; 3for we are the true circumcision, who worship in the Spirit of God and glory in Christ Jesus and put no confidence in the flesh, 4although I myself might have confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else has a mind to put confidence in the flesh, I far more: 5circumcised the eighth day, of the nation of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of Hebrews; as to the Law, a Pharisee; 6as to zeal, a persecutor of the church; as to the righteousness which is in the Law, found blameless.

3:2 "Beware of the dogs" This is a present active imperative of "look out for" (blepō), repeated three times for emphasis. The rabbis called the Gentiles "dogs." Paul changed the phrase to refer to the false teachers. The term "dogs" in the OT referred to (1) male prostitutes (cf. Deut. 23:18) or (2) evil people (cf. Ps. 22:16,20). Culturally the idiom refers to vicious street mongrels. These false teachers were like ravenous dogs and vicious unbelievers (cf. Matt. 7:6; Gal. 5:15; Rev. 22:15).

NASB"false-circumcision"
NKJV"the mutilation"
NRSV"those who mutilate the flesh"
TEV"who insist on cutting the body"
NJB"self-mutilation"

This is a reference to the Judaizers' insistence on circumcision (cf. Acts 15:1,5; Gal.5:2-3, 12). They basically taught that one had to be Jewish before he could be Christian. Becoming a proselyte Jew involved being circumcised, baptizing yourself, and offering a sacrifice in the temple. Circumcision became a metaphor for taking on "the yoke" of the Mosaic Law.

3:3

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"the true circumcision"
TEV"the true circumcision"
NJB"the true people of the circumcision"

This spiritual/faith circumcision is described in Rom. 2:28-29 and Gal. 3:29. The church in some ways is spiritual Israel (cf. Gal. 6:16). In the OT, circumcision was the sign of the Abrahamic Covenant (cf. Gen. 17:11,14,23-25). It involved a proper attitude, not just a physical ritual (cf. Lev. 26:41; Deut. 10:16; and Jer. 4:4). True spiritual circumcision is described by three present active participles:

1. the ones worshiping in or by the Spirit of God

2. the ones glorying in Christ

3. the ones not putting confidence in the flesh

 

NASB"glory in Christ Jesus"
NKJV"rejoice in Christ Jesus"
NRSV"and boast in Christ Jesus"
TEV"rejoice in our life in union with Christ Jesus"
NJB"and make Christ Jesus our boast"

Paul often uses this word (cf. Rom. 2:23; 3:27; 4:2; 5:2,3,11; 11:18; 15:17; I Cor. 1:31; 3:21; 4:7; 5:6; 7:14; 8:24; 9:2,4,11, 15,16; 10:8,13,15,16; 11:10,12; II Cor. 1:14; 5:12; 7:4; 10:17; 11:17,18,30; 12:1,5,6,9,11; Gal. 6:4,13,14; Eph. 2:9; Phil. 1:26; 2:16; 3:3; II Thess. 1:4). It is translated according to the context as "rejoice," "boast," "confident pride," or "exalt."

NASB"put no confidence in the flesh"
NKJV, NRSV"have no confidence in the flesh"
TEV"we do not put any trust in external ceremonies"
NJB"not relying on physical qualifications"

This term implies a confident boasting in something or someone. This phrase is in contrast to the previous phrase. Paul's relationship with Christ and his understanding of the gospel gave him confidence.

 This may refer to the Jewish pride of lineage from Abraham (cf. vv. 4-5; Matt. 3:9; John 8:33,37,39). It surely refers to Jewish rituals like circumcision (cf. Acts 15 and Galatians).

3:4 "if" This is a first class conditional sentence which was assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes.

▣ "I far more" Paul reluctantly compares his Jewish credentials with those of the Judaizers. They had no racial or religious superiority over him (cf. vv. 5-6; II Cor. 11:22). Paul defended himself because by attacking him, they were attempting to discredit the gospel.

3:5 "circumcised the eighth day" The Jews circumcised on the 8th day after birth (cf. Gen. 17:9-14; Lev. 12:3). Flavius Josephus tells us that the Arabs circumcised at the age of 13, following Gen. 17:23-27.

▣ "of the nation of Israel" For a list of the privileges of the Jewish people, see Rom. 9:4-5, 11:1.

▣ "tribe of Benjamin" This was the tribe of Israel's first king, Saul. It was also part of the southern kingdom, Judah, after the tribes divided in 922 b.c.

▣ "a Hebrew of Hebrews" This idiom refers to either (1) pure racial stock or (2) his speaking the Hebrew (Aramaic) language.

3:6 "as to the Law, a Pharisee" This was the conservative popular sect within Judaism which developed during the Maccabean period (cf. John 3:1). They desired to keep the Mosaic Law in every detail (cf. Acts 26:4-5). They had detailed regulations for every area of life which had developed over time in the discussion between the two schools of rabbis (Shammai and Hillel). Their oral traditions were later codified into the Babylonian and Palestinian Talmuds. Nicodemas and Joseph of Arimathea were positive examples of their sincerity and dedication.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PHARISEES

▣ "as to zeal" Enthusiasm is not automatically from God (cf. Rom. 10:2).

▣ "a persecutor of the church" Saul apparently imprisoned and possibly even killed believers (cf. Acts 8:3; 9:1,13,21; I Cor. 15:9; Gal. 1:13-14,23; I Tim. 1:13). This is an obvious reference to the Church universal (cf. Matt. 16:18; Eph. 1:22; 3:10,21; 5:23-32). See Special Topic: Church (Ekklesia) at Col. 1:18.

▣"concerning the righteousness which is in the law, blameless" Paul was speaking of his pre-Christian understanding of the Mosaic Law (cf. Mark 10:20) and its interpretation (Talmud). If these false teachers wanted to rejoice in their Jewishness, Paul could also (cf. II Cor. 11:16-23). See Special Topic at Eph. 4:24.

 The term "blameless" was originally used in the OT of sacrificial animals (cf. 2:15). It does not mean "sinless" (cf. Gen. 6:9,17; Job 1:1), but one who had fulfilled that which he understood of God's will. See Special Topic: Blameless at Col. 1:22.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:7-11
 7But whatever things were gain to me, those things I have counted as loss for the sake of Christ. 8More than that, I count all things to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and count them but rubbish so that I may gain Christ, 9and may be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith, 10that I may know Him and the power of His resurrection and the fellowship of His sufferings, being conformed to His death; 11in order that I may attain to the resurrection from the dead.

3:7 "I have counted as loss" This is a perfect middle (deponent) indicative. Paul came to see how useless ritual and rules were as a means of obtaining and maintaining true righteousness (cf. Col. 2:16-23). This was a major theological shift of emphasis from Paul's previous religious training and lifestyle which occurred at his Damascus road conversion (cf. Acts 9:1-22; 23:3-16, 26:9-18).

3:8-11 These verses are one sentence in Greek.

3:8 "I count" This is a present middle (deponent) indicative. This term is used three times in verses 7 & 8. This is a business term for "forfeit." All Paul previously trusted in for righteousness (his race and religious performance) he now was counting as "loss."

NASB, NRSV"in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord"
NKJV"for the excellent knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord"
TEV"for the sake of what is much more valuable, the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord"
NJB"because of the supreme advantage of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord"

The key to Christianity is a personal relationship with Jesus. In Hebrew "know" implies intimate personal relationship, not facts about something or someone (cf. Gen. 4:1; Jer. 1:5).

The gospel is (1) a person to welcome; (2) a content to believe; and (3) a life to be lived! For "the surpassing value" (huperechō) see Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at Eph. 1:19. This same word is used in 2:3; 3:8; and 4:7.

▣"I have suffered the loss of all things" This is an aorist passive indicative. This could refer to his family, his inheritance, his religious merit and/or his rabbinical training. Everything he had previously considered valuable suddenly lost all its value! Everything changed on the Damascus road (cf. Acts 9; 22:3-16; 26:9-18).

NASB, NKJV"count them but rubbish"
NRSV"regard them as rubbish"
TEV"I consider it all as mere garbage"
NJB"and look on them all as filth"

This is literally the term for "dung" or possibly a popular abbreviation of the phrase "thrown to the dogs" (cf. v. 2). Metaphorically it meant "of no value."

▣ "that I may gain Christ" This is an aorist active subjunctive. Paul uses this commercial term metaphorically, "to gain" or "to win" Christ or the gospel as in 1:21; 3:7,8; and I Cor. 9:19-22 [five times]. In Titus 1:11 he uses it in a literal sense.

3:9 "and may be found in Him" This is an aorist passive subjunctive. It expresses Paul's deepest prayer. "In Him" or "in Christ" was Paul's favorite grammatical construction for believers (for a good example notice Eph. 1:3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10 [three times], 12, 13 [twice]).

▣ "not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law" This is the key issue (cf. Rom. 3:9-18,21-31). How is a mankind right with God? Performance or grace? This was once and for all answered for Paul on the Damascus road (cf. Acts 9; 22:3-16; 26:9-18). See Special Topic at Eph. 4:24.

▣"but that which is through faith in Christ" Faith is how individuals receive the gift of the grace of God in Christ (cf. Rom. 3:24; 6:23; Eph. 2:8-9). Faith and repentance are two necessary aspects of mankind's response to the new covenant (cf. Mark1:15; Acts 3:16,19; 20:21).

▣"The righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith" Righteousness is a gift from God (cf. dōrea, Rom. 5:15; II Cor. 9:15; Eph. 3:7; dōrēma, Rom. 5:16; dōron, Eph. 2:8; charisma, Rom. 6:23). He always takes the initiative (cf. John 6:44,65). God desires that all humans be saved (cf. Ezek. 18:23,32; I Tim. 2:4; II Pet. 3:9); He has provided a way for all humans to be saved! They must respond and continue to respond to God's offer by

1. repentance

2. faith

3. obedience

4. service

5. perseverance

See Special Topic at Eph. 4:24.

3:10 "the power of His resurrection" This must refer to believers' new life in Christ. This series of phrases in v. 10 may reflect Paul's sufferings for the gospel (cf. II Cor. 4:7-12,16; 6:4-10; 11:23-28) which included his current imprisonment.

Others see all these phrases in v. 10 as aspects of believers' mystical union with Christ or their Christlike maturity. As Jesus was perfected by the things He suffered (cf. Heb. 5:8) so believers are matured by suffering (cf. Rom. 5:1-5).

▣ "the fellowship of His sufferings" Suffering is a common theme of the Christian experience of the first several centuries as it is in many societies in the world today (cf. Rom. 8:17; I Thess. 3:3; II Tim. 3:12; I Pet. 3:14; 4:12-19). As believers share Jesus' victory, they also share His ministry (cf. Matt. 10:24; Luke 6:40; John 13:14-16; 15:20; 17:18; 20:21; II Tim. 3:12). See Special Topic: Koinōnia at 2:1.

▣"being conformed to His death" This is a present passive participle. Believers must be dead to sin and self and alive to God (cf. Matt. 16:24-26; Rom. 6:1-11; Gal. 2:20; Col. 3:3). True life is preceded by death to the old life!

3:11 This is a third class conditional sentence which meant probable future action. Verse 11 must be interpreted in light of verse 10. This phrase does not express doubt about salvation, but humility!

▣"I may attain" Here again is the dialectical or paradoxical model of Paul's theology. Paul knew he was a Christian and that as Christ was raised by the Spirit so he would also be raised (cf. Rom. 8:9-11). However, Paul saw salvation not only as a past completed event (cf. Acts 15:11; Rom. 8:24; II Tim. 1:9; Titus 3:5), but also an ongoing process (cf. I Cor. 1:18; 15:2; II Cor. 2:15) and ultimately in a future consummation (cf. Rom. 5:9,10; 10:9; I Cor. 3:15; Phil. 1:28; I Thess. 5:8-9; Heb. 1:14; 9:28). Christianity is resting in the character and gift of God in Christ and an aggressive, constant, vigorous life of grateful service to God (cf. Eph. 2:8-9 and 10). George E. Ladd's A Theology of the New Testament, pp. 521-522, has a good discussion on this subject.

▣"resurrection" This is an unusual compound term. It is found only here in the NT. It is literally "out of the dead into resurrection life." Paul has been discussing the intimate personal relationship between himself and the resurrected Christ. He longed for the end-time day when he, too, would experience physical resurrection as he already had experienced spiritual resurrection (cf Rom. 6:4-11; II Cor. 5:17; I John 3:2). This is part of the "already but not yet" tension of the Kingdom of God, the overlapping of the two Jewish ages.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:12-16
 12Not that I have already obtained it or have already become perfect, but I press on so that I may lay hold of that for which also I was laid hold of by Christ Jesus. 13Brethren, I do not regard myself as having laid hold of it yet; but one thing I do: forgetting what lies behind and reaching forward to what lies ahead, 14I press on toward the goal for the prize of the upward call of God in Christ Jesus. 15Let us therefore, as many as are perfect, have this attitude; and if in anything you have a different attitude, God will reveal that also to you; 16however, let us keep living by that same standard to which we have attained.

3:12 "Not that I have already obtained it" Paul lived in the tension of the present but not yet consummated Kingdom of God. He knew Christ, he knew who he was in Christ, he knew he was accepted by Christ but he struggled with Christlike living (cf. Romans 7). Paul had arrived but had not fully arrived; he was complete but not fully complete.

Some ancient Greek manuscripts, P46, D*, and G, add "or have been righteous." This addition is also found in the Greek texts used by Irenaeus and Ambrosiaster. However, the shorter text is supported by MSS P61, א , A, B, Dc, K, and P as well as the ancient translations, the Vulgate, the Syrian, and the Coptic.

NASB, TEV"or have already become perfect"
NKJV"or am already perfected"
NRSV"or have already reached the goal"
NJB"nor yet reached my goal"

This is a perfect passive indicative with the implication that something happened in the past which has become a settled state and this was accomplished by God. The term itself meant

1. fully developed

2. fully equipped

3. complete

4. mature

5. adequate

It did not have the English connotation of perfection or sinlessness.

▣ "I press on" This is a present active indicative. This was originally a hunting term meaning "to pursue an animal." It came to be used metaphorically of a foot race. Paul did not pursue salvation (cf. Rom. 9:30) but a maturity, a Christlikeness (cf. Rom. 6:4-9).

NASB"in order that I may lay hold of that for which also I was laid hold of by Christ Jesus"
NKJV"that I may lay hold of that for which Christ Jesus has also laid hold of me"
NRSV"to make it my own, because Christ Jesus has made me his own"
TEV"to win the prize for which Christ Jesus has already won me to himself"
NJB"in the attempt to take hold of the prize for which Christ Jesus took hold of me"

This section starts with a third class conditional sentence (using ei instead of ean) which means probable future action (cf. v. 11). It can refer to (1) salvation (v. 9); (2) Christlikeness (v. 10); or (3) resurrection (v. 11).

This is a strong Greek word. Paul was "snatched" by Christ on the road to Damascus (cf. Acts 9:1-22; 22:3-16; 26:9-18). The One whose followers he persecuted now confronted him as the resurrected Lord. Theology and personal experience merged! Paul now sought to be like those and Him whom he once attacked.

3:13 "I do not regard myself as having laid hold of it yet" This is a Perfect active infinitive. This term is used three times in vv. 12-13. Paul strove to be mature in Christ but he knew that he fell short of Christlike maturity (cf. Romans 7). Yet the great truth of the gospel is that in Christ he (and all believers) were already complete (justified and sanctified, cf. Rom. 8:29-30).

The terms "regard," "impute," or "reckon" (cf. Rom 4:3; 6:11; I Cor. 13:5) all refer to a mental affirmation whereby fallen mankind understands the gospel and chooses to live in light of its new truth and new worldview in Christ!

There is a manuscript variation in this sentence with the word "yet" versus "not." The ancient texts are split between these two options. The best explanation is that scribes changed Paul's "not" to "not yet" because they perhaps thought he was being too modest. Like most manuscript variations this affects interpretation very little.

▣ "forgetting what lies behind" This is a present middle (deponent) participle. Paul started over spiritually. He had left his Jewish past. However, because it is present tense this phrase may include his Apostolic work or present imprisonment. His spiritual standing before God was not based on human performance, past or present!

▣ "reaching forward to what lies ahead" This is another present middle (deponent) participle. This is the first in a series of athletic terms. It meant "a runner stretching for the goal." It is an intensified compound with two prepositions, epi and ek. Paul vigorously lived a life of gratitude. After being saved his intensity level remained high but the motive was radically changed from self-effort to gospel service.

3:14 This is a series of athletic metaphors. They show us the strenuous effort needed for the Christian life (cf. I Cor. 9:24,27; Heb. 12:1).

"upward call of God" See Special Topic: Called at Eph. 4:1.

3:15 "as many as are perfect" This is the same term "perfect" as v. 12 but Paul is using it in two different senses. Christians can be mature without being sinless (cf. I Cor. 2:6; 14:20; Eph. 4:13; Heb. 5:14; 6:1).

▣ "let us. . .have this attitude" Paul often refers to the mental processes. Paul uses several of the Greek words for reasoning or thinking. This is a present active subjunctive of "phroneō" (cf. 1:7; 3:15,19); "ginosko" (cf.1:12); "psuchē" (cf. 1:27); "noēma" (cf. 4:7); "logizomai" (cf. 4:9); "manthano" (cf. 4:9, 11). Believers are to worship God with their minds (cf. Deut. 6:23, quoted in Matt. 22:36-38; Mark 12:29-34; Luke 10:27-28). True Christianity cannot be anti-intellectual. However, we must not trust in our fallen human reasoning, but in God's self disclosure (Scripture).

▣"if" This is a first class conditional sentence, which is assumed to be true from the author's perspective or for his literary purposes. There were those in the fellowship who did have a "different attitude."

▣ "God will reveal that also to you" There is disagreement among believers about many aspects of the faith. Paul felt confident that the new covenant which involved an indwelling Spirit, a new heart, and a new mind would eventually inform and reform all believers (cf. Jer. 31:31-34; Ezek. 36:26-27; John 6:45; Eph. 1:17; I Thess. 4:9; I John 2:27).

In context this phrase reveals Paul's view about the authority of his message. He felt he was led by the Spirit (cf. I Cor. 2:10; 7:10-12; 11:23; 14:37-38; II Cor. 10:8; 12:1; Gal. 1:12,16; 2:2; II Thess. 3:14). This was another way to reflect his sense of apostolic authority.

This could be interpreted in two ways: (1) God will reveal His truth to errant believers or (2) God will reveal to believers those who are errant in their doctrine or practice. In context #2 seems best.

3:16

NASB"however, let us keep living by the same standard to which we have attained"
NKJV"Nevertheless, to the degree that we have already attained, let us walk by the same rule, let us be of the same mind"
NRSV"Only let us hold fast to what we have attained"
TEV"However that may be, let us go forward according to the same rules we have followed until now"
NJB" Meanwhile, let us go forward from the point we have each attained"

This verse is Paul's admonition to continue to live as Christians (cf. Eph. 4:1, 17; 5:2,15). Believers are justified and sanctified by God's gift through faith in Christ, but they must continue to strive toward Christlike maturity (cf. II Cor. 3:18).

There is a series of additions to the verse in the ancient Greek manuscripts. The shortest text (NASB and NRSV) is found in the Greek manuscripts P16, P46, א*, A, B. The UBS4 gives this shorter text an "A" rating (certain). The Textus Receptus adds "let us be of the same mind" (NKJV) which is found in MSS אc, K, and P. There are several other additions which seems to show the scribal tendency to modify and add to this verse.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 3:17-4:1
 17Brethren, join in following my example, and observe those who walk according to the pattern you have in us. 18For many walk, of whom I often told you, and now tell you even weeping, that they are enemies of the cross of Christ, 19whose end is destruction, whose god is their appetite, and whose glory is in their shame, who set their minds on earthly things. 20For our citizenship is in heaven, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ; 21who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory, by the exertion of the power that He has even to subject all things to Himself. 4:1Therefore, my beloved brethren whom I long to see, my joy and crown, in this way stand firm in the Lord, my beloved.

3:17 "Join in following my example" This verse has two present imperatives. Paul is encouraging them to follow him as he followed Christ (cf. 4:9; I Cor. 4:16; 11:1; I Thess. 1:6; II Thess. 3:7,9). This phrase is logically linked to vv. 15-16. Notice how Paul's example is expanded to include his missionary team and possibly Epaphroditus ("my"-"us").

▣ "Example" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: FORM (TUPOS)

3:18 "for many walk of whom I often told you" There were, and are, false teachers in the church. In this book they could be either Judaizers (cf. 3:2-16), as in the book of Galatians and Acts 15, or Gnostics (cf. I John 2:18,22; 4:1-6). The only way to protect oneself from error is to know, embrace, and live the truth! False teachers are sharp, logical, articulate, and attractive people. Trust the Son; follow the Book; yield to the Spirit!

▣ "even weeping" This is a term for intense grief (cf. Matt. 2:18; 26:75; Mark 5:38-39; John 11:31; James 4:9; 5:1). Paul took no joy in others who were in moral or theological error.

▣ "enemies of the cross of Christ" There is uncertainty about the identity of these "enemies of the cross." The phrases used by Paul are so intense they seem to refer to the unbelieving false teachers of 3:2-16. The sins listed in v. 19 do not fit legalistic Jews, but Greek antinomian false teachers or possibly Christian converts who have reverted to former pagan lifestyles (cf. Col. 2:16-23; II Pet. 2:20-22). The context favors the last option. But, if so, the contrast of v. 20 implies that Paul thought they were not truly saved (cf. Matt. 7:13; I John 2:19; II Pet. 2:1-22; Rev. 2:4-5; 10-11; 16-17; 25-26; 3:2,5,11,21).

Be careful that your systematic (denominational, experiential, cultural) theology does not interpret this text. Literary context and the original author's intent must be the major criteria. The NT is not a systematic presentation of truth but an eastern, paradoxical genre. The NT regularly presents truths in seemingly contradictory pairs (paradox). The Christian life is a tension- filled life of assurance and hope as well as responsibility and warning! Salvation is not a product but a new life!

3:19

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"whose end is destruction"
TEV"they are going to end up in hell"
NJB"they are destined to be lost"

These were sincere, informed, religious people. Paul uses this term apōleia to describe God's ultimate judgment (cf. 1:28; Rom. 9:22; II Thess. 2:3; I Tim. 6:9). However, in the Gospels it must be admitted that it was used in the sense of "wasted" (cf. Matt. 26:8; Mark 14:4). Therefore, it is impossible to know to whom Paul is referring (believers or nonbelievers).

NASB"whose god is their appetite"
NKJV, NRSV"whose god is their belly"
TEV"because their god is their bodily desires"
NJB"their god is their stomach"

This shows their tendency toward (1) antinomian practices or (2) gluttony and materialism. This sounds more like Greek false teachers (cf. Rom. 16:17-18) than Jewish legalists (cf. 3:2-6). TEV may have captured the metaphorical meaning,"because their god is their bodily desires."

▣ "whose glory is in their shame" This could refer to

1. the Judaizers' emphasis on circumcision or Jewish pride

2. the Gnostics' emphasis on knowledge

3. the Libertines' immoral lifestyle

These false teachers were proud of the very things for which they should have been ashamed! The false teachers of the NT are often characterized by financial and/or sexual exploitation.

▣ "who set their minds on earthly things" This shows the origin of much of humanity's religiosity (cf. Isa. 29:13; Col. 2:16-23; 3:1-2).

3:20

NASB, NKJV"For our citizenship is in heaven"
NRSV"But our citizenship is in heaven"
TEV"We, however, are citizens of heaven"
NJB"But our homeland is in heaven"

This verse is a contrast to vv. 18-19. The pronoun "our" is emphatic. "Heaven" is plural (cf. II Cor. 12:2; Eph. 4:10; Heb. 4:14; 7:26) following the Hebrew usage (shamayim). Possibly Paul was using the Roman colonial status of this city as an illustration (cf. 1:27).

▣ "we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ" Paul often uses this term "eagerly wait" in relation to the Second Coming (cf. Rom. 8:19,23,25; I Cor. 1:7; Gal. 5:5; Heb. 9:28). Believers' desire for the Second Coming is one evidence of their relationship with Christ and an impetus for Christlike living (cf. Rom. 8:19, 23; I Cor. 1:7).

Paul's emphasis on the Lord's return is recurrent, but his understanding of the time element is ambiguous. There are several passages in which Paul includes himself in the group who would be alive at the Second Coming (cf. I Cor. 15:51-52; II Corinthians 5; Phil. 3:20; I Thess. 4:15,17). However, there are other passages where he asserts a future return beyond his own lifetime (cf. I Cor. 6:14; II Cor. 4:14 and especially II Thessalonians). It is possible that the "we" of the first group of texts is literary, or that Paul's views on this subject developed. It is difficult to suppose that an inspired author "developed" his theology. A better approach is to assert a dialectical model. Paul, like all NT writers, asserted the certainty and "soon-ness" of the Second Coming. Believers are to live in light of the any-moment return of the Lord! However, Jesus (Matthew 24) and Paul (II Thessalonians 2) spoke of historical events that must occur before the Second Coming. Both are somehow true! The return of Jesus is a motivating hope of every generation of believers but the reality of only one generation!

This is one of two times Paul calls Jesus "Savior" (cf. Eph. 5:23) before the Pastoral Letters (I Timothy, II Timothy, Titus), in which he uses the title ten times. This term came to be a title for the Roman Emperor. In Titus there is a parallel in the use of this term between God the Father and Jesus the Son (cf. 1:3 vs. 1:4; 2:10 vs. 2:13; 3:4 vs. 3:6). The early Christians were willing to face death rather than relinquish this title to the Emperor. Both "Savior" and "Lord" were Imperial Roman titles used by Christians exclusively for Jesus.

3:21 "who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory" Paul put a positive emphasis on believers' bodily existence (cf. II Cor. 5:1-10), both here and in heaven. This is referred to theologically as glorification (cf. Rom. 8:30; I John 3:2), when salvation will be consummated and fully realized. Our body of dust (cf. Ps. 103:14) will be exchanged and remade (I Thess. 4:13-18) into a spiritual body like Jesus' (cf. I Cor. 15:45; I John 3:2).

▣ "He has even to subject all things to Himself" The resurrected Christ is Lord of all (cf. I Cor. 15:24-28; Col. 1:20).

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Who is Paul referring to in verse 2?

2. Why does Paul give his Jewish credentials?

3. Practically, how does v. 10 relate to believers?

4. Are these false teachers saved?

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

Philippians 4

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Exhortations Be United, Joyful and in Prayer Final Appeals Instructions Last Advice
(3:17-4:1) (3:17-4:1) (3:17-4:1) 4:1 (3:17-4:1)
4:2-7 4:2-7 4:2-3 4:2-3 4:2-3
    4:4-7 4:4 4:4-9
      4:5-7  
4:8-9 4:8-9 4:8-9 4:8-9  
Acknowledgment of the Philippian Gift Philippian Generosity   Thanks for the Gift Thanks for Help Received
4:10-14 4:10-20 4:10-14 4:10-13 4:10-20
      4:14-20  
4:15-20   4:15-20    
Final Greetings Greetings and Blessing   Final Greetings Greetings and Final Wish
4:21-23 4:21-23 4:21-22 4:21-22 4:21-22
    4:23 4:23 4:23

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five modern translations. Paragraphing is not inspired, but it is the key to following the original author's intent, which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one main subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED TEXT: 4:1
 1Therefore, my beloved brethren whom I long to see, my joy and crown, in this way stand firm in the Lord, my beloved.

4:1 "my beloved brothers" Paul combined two of the typical NT terms for believers: "beloved" [twice] and "brothers." This affectionate combination showed his great love for this church as is seen in the next phrase and the parallel in 1:8.

▣ "whom I long to see" This same strong term (epipotheō) is also used in 1:8; 2:26; II Cor. 9:14.

▣ "my joy and crown" The term "crown" (stephanos) meant a victor's crown in an athletic contest. This same exuberance can be seen in Paul's comments to another Macedonian church (cf. I Thess. 2:19-20; 3:9). This church was the proof of Paul's effective apostleship (cf. I Cor. 9:2; I Thess. 2:19).

▣ "stand firm" This is a Present active imperative. This military metaphor refers to the Christian's ability to remain faithful amidst problems (cf. 1:27; I Cor. 16:13; Eph. 6:11-14). It also relates to perseverance (see Special Topic at 1:9-11), which is only possible "in the Lord" (cf. Gal. 6:9; Rev. 2:7,11,17,26; 3:5,12,21).

This is another biblical paradox in the relationship between God's sovereignty and humanity's free will (compare Ezek. 18:31 with Ezek. 36:26-27). In this verse believers are commanded to "stand firm," while in Jude v. 24 it is God who keeps them standing. Somehow, both are true.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:2-3
 IUrge Euodia and I urge Syntyche to live in harmony in the Lord. 2Indeed, true companion, I ask you also to help these women who have shared my struggle in the cause of the gospel, together with Clement also and the rest of my fellow workers, whose names are in the book of life.

4:2 "Euodia...Syntyche" Apparently, even in this loving church there is still internal tension. This does not refer to doctrinal tension, which was mentioned in chapter 3, but to fellowship tension of some sort. This first proper name means "a prosperous journey or success." The second name means "pleasant acquaintance" or "good luck." Their names did not match their current actions. In Macedonia women had more freedom than anywhere in the ancient Roman world (cf. Acts 16:12-15). Sometimes freedom turns into personal preference or even license.

▣ "live in harmony in the Lord" The key to harmony is the believers' relationship to Christ which radically transforms their relationships with their covenant brothers and sisters. Believers' love for God is clearly seen in their love for one another (cf. Eph. 4:1-6; 2:1-5; I John 4:20-21).

4:3

NASB, NKJV"true comrade"
NRSV"loyal companion"
TEV"faithful partner"
NJB"partner"

This is often translated literally as "yoke-fellow" (cf. Arndt and Gingrich, A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament, p.783). However, it is a masculine singular noun which, in a list of so many other names, possibly was a proper name itself, Syzygus (cf. NJB and Moulton and Milligan, The Vocabulary of the Greek Testament, p. 607), which would have been a play on the meaning of the name.

It is possible that this was Paul's way of referring to Luke. The "we" sections of Acts start and stop at Philippi. Luke may have stayed there to help the new converts and collect the offering for the church in Jerusalem.

▣ "to help these women" This is a present middle imperative which literally means "take hold with." Paul was admonishing one of the members of the Philippian church to help these two women overcome their differences in the Lord (cf. Gal. 6:1-4).

NASB"who shared my struggle in the cause of the gospel"
NKJV"labored with me"
NRSV"struggled beside me"
TEV"have worked hard with me"
NJB"have struggled hard"

This term is only used here and in 1:27. It is a military or athletic term for a "hard fight." It is metaphorical for the intensity of gospel work. These women helped Paul in his evangelistic mission work. Many of Paul's helpers mentioned in Romans 16 were women. Even missionaries have disagreements (cf. Acts 15:36-41). How they solve them as Christians is the issue, and the witness!

▣ "Clement" This is a common name in the Roman world. This person is mentioned nowhere else in the NT. However, Origen of Alexandria, Eusebius, and Jerome believed that it refers to Clement of Rome who wrote a letter to the Corinthian church sometime toward the end of the first century (a.d. 95). However, this identification seems highly speculative.

▣ "and the rest of my fellow-workers" Paul was willing to use many helpers in his gospel work. He was no prima-donna; he apparently delegated responsibility to other men and women. It is interesting to note in Romans 16 how many women's names appear as helpers of Paul.

▣ "whose names are in the book of life" This may refer to the registration of the covenant people in the OT (cf. Dan. 7:10; 12:1) which was metaphorical of God's memory. There are two books mentioned in Dan. 7:10 and Rev. 20:12-15: (1) the book of remembrances and (2) the book of life. The book of remembrances includes the names and deeds of both the redeemed and the lost (cf. Ps. 58:6; 139:16; Isa. 65:6; Mal. 3:16). The book of life includes the names of the redeemed and can be seen in Exod. 32:32; Ps. 69:28; Isa. 4:3; Dan. 12:1; Luke 10:20; Phil. 4:3; Heb. 12:23; Rev. 3:5; 13:8; 17:8; 20:12,15; 21:27. God knows those who are His. He will reward His followers and judge the wicked (cf. Matt. 25:31-46; Rev. 20:11-15). In the Greco-Roman world this term referred to the official registration of a city; if so, it might have been another play on this city's official status as a Roman colony (cf. 1:27; 3:20).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:4-7
 4Rejoice in the Lord always; again I will say, rejoice! 5Let your gentle spirit be known to all men. The Lord is near. 6Be anxious for nothing, but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God. 7And the peace of God, which surpasses all comprehension, will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.

4:4 There are two present active imperative forms of the term "rejoice" in v. 4. The term can be translated as a farewell, but in this context they must be translated "rejoice" (cf. I Thess. 5:16). This is a major theme in Philippians. Notice the number of times the terms "all" and "every" are used in vv. 4-13 as in 1:1-8. Joy must not be linked to circumstances. The key is the believers' relationship to Christ ("in the Lord").

4:5

NASB"gentle spirit"
NKJV, NRSV"gentleness"
TEV"a gentle attitude"
NJB"good sense"

This call to Christian lifestyle began in 3:1, but the discussion of the false teachers drew Paul's mind away until this point where he renews the emphasis. The term itself is best translated "kind," "gentle," or "yielding" (cf. I Tim. 3:3; Titus 3:2; James 3:17; I Pet. 2:18).

▣ "be known to all men" This verse has been interpreted in two ways:

1. believers are to have this gentleness toward other believers so that those outside the church will notice and be attracted to Christ (cf. Matt. 5:16)

2. this gentleness is to be applied to all people, regardless of their relationship to the Lord, as a witness to His power in the lives of these converted pagans and as a deterrent to unfair criticism by unbelievers (cf. Rom. 12:17; 14:18; II Cor. 8:21; I Pet. 2:12,15; 3:16)

 

NASB, NRSV,
NJB"The Lord is near"
NKJV"The Lord is at hand"
TEV"The Lord is coming soon"

This word "near" is used of time (cf. Matt. 24:32,33). The Second Coming is a recurrent theme in Philippians. This has a very similar meaning to the Aramaic word maranatha (cf. I Cor. 16:22; Rev. 22:10). The any-moment expectation of the Second Coming was and is an encouragement to Christian living (cf. Rom. 13:12; James 5:8-9).

It is also possible that this could have referred to the Lord's moment-by-moment presence with believers (cf. Matt. 28:20; Rom. 10:8 and F. F. Bruce's Answers to Questions, p. 201).

SPECIAL TOPIC: MARANATHA

4:6 "be anxious for nothing" This is a present active imperative. The church at Philippi was under great tension, both from without and within. Anxiety is not an appropriate characteristic for the Christian life (cf. Matt. 6:25-34 and I Pet. 5:7). There is nothing that should worry believers except possibly their standing fast in the Lord and serving Him. The great enemy of peace is anxiety.

"but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving" This is a key answer to anxiety-prayer, for others and ourselves, mixed with thanksgiving. It is interesting how often Paul uses the term "thanksgiving" in combination with prayer (cf. Eph. 5:20; Col. 4:2; I Thess. 5:17-18; I Tim. 2:1). There is an obvious contrast between "for nothing" and "in everything." See Special Topic: Paul's Praise, Prayer, and Thanksgiving at Eph. 3:20.

▣ "Let your requests be made known to God" This a present passive imperative. There are several passages in the NT which emphasize that believers should persist in prayer (cf. Matt. 7:7-11; Luke 18:2-8). Possibly, thanksgiving and perseverance are the two missing elements in a proper theology of prayer. God knows what is needed but He desires the fellowship and trust involved in prayer. God has limited Himself in many areas to the prayers of His children; "We have not because we ask not" (cf. James 4:2).

4:7 "the peace of God" It is interesting that in this context the peace of God is mentioned in v. 7 and the God who gives it is mentioned in v. 9. The first emphasizes what God gives and the second His character. Peace is used in several different senses in the NT:

1. it can be a title (cf. Isa. 9:6; Rom. 15:33; 16:20; II Cor. 13:11; Phil. 4:9; I Thess. 5:23; II Thess. 3:16)

2. it can refer to the peace of the gospel in an objective sense (cf. John 14:27; 16:33; Col. 1:20)

3. it can refer to the peace of the gospel in a subjective sense (cf. Eph. 2:14-17; Col. 3:15)

Sometimes 2 and 3 are combined as in Rom. 5:1. See Special Topic: Peace at Col. 1:20.

▣ "which surpasses all comprehension" This is a present active participle. It has been interpreted in two ways: (1) God's peace is better than human reason or (2) God's peace is beyond human reason. The parallel passage in Eph. 3:20 is helpful. God's ways are beyond our ways (cf. Isa. 55:8-9). An example of this peace that passes all human ability to understand is found in the life of Paul in this very chapter (cf. vv. 11-13). The peace of God must be unconnected with circumstances and locked securely to the person and work of Christ. For "surpasses" (huperechō) see Special Topic: Paul's Use of Huper Compounds at Eph. 1:19.

▣ "shall guard your hearts and your minds" God's peace acts as a soldier guarding believers. This same beautiful truth of God's garrisoning of His children can be seen in I Peter 1:4, 5. The two Greek terms "heart" (kardia) and "mind" (nous) are synonymous in speaking about the whole person (feeling and thinking). Paul emphasizes Christian thinking throughout this letter. See note at 3:15. See Special Topic: Heart at Col. 2:2.

▣ "in Christ Jesus" He is the key to Paul's theology. All of God's benefits and blessings flow to fallen mankind through the life, teachings, death, resurrection, Second Coming and personal union with Jesus Christ. Believers are vitally united with Him. This is theologically synonymous with John's "abide in me" of John 15.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:8-9
  8Finally, brethren, whatever is true, whatever is honorable, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is of good repute, if there is any excellence and if anything worthy of praise, dwell on these things. 9The things you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, practice these things, and the God of peace will be with you.

4:8-9 This continues the emphasis on the believer's thought life. The rabbis saw the mind as the seed-bed of the soul. What we think becomes who we are. These verses are much needed in the life of the modern western church in a day of such socially accepted evil. Paul's list is similar to the Stoics' lists of virtues. Paul was exposed to Greek philosophy as a citizen of Tarsus. He even quotes several Greek writers (cf. Acts 17:28; I Cor. 15:37 and Titus 1:12). See Special Topic: Vices and Virtues in the NT at Col. 3:5.

4:8 "finally" See note at 3:1.

▣ "true" This is truth in contrast to falsehood, however, it is not academic truth, but rather a lifestyle of godly living. This very term is used of God in Rom. 3:4.

▣ "honorable" This literally means "dignified." This term is often translated "grave" and is used for church leaders in I Tim. 3:8,11 and Titus 2:2. It seems to have been used in the sense of "dignity" with "attractiveness" toward both the saved and the lost.

▣ "right" This refers to one conforming to the standard of God's character, thereby being a morally upright person. In the OT the Hebrew term for "right" comes from the word for "measuring reed" and refers to God's nature as the standard by which all humans are judged. This does not mean that humans can be perfectly right with God on their own effort, but that God has freely imputed the righteousness of Christ to those who believe in Him by faith Once given, God's character transforms the receiver!

▣ "pure" This is used in the sense of moral purity (cf. I John 3:3).

▣ "lovely" This term is used only here in the NT. It seems to mean "pleasing," "amiable," "congenial," or "pleasant." This is another call for believers to live attractive lives.

NASB"of good repute"
NKJV"praiseworthy"
NRSV"commendable"
TEV"deserve praise"
NJB"admire"

This term is used only here in the NT. It refers to that which is "praise-worthy" or "attractive."

▣ "if there is any excellence" The grammatical form of these eight items used in v. 8 changes after the sixth one and becomes a first class conditional sentence which was assumed to be true. The term "excellent" is used only here in Paul's writings and only three times in Peter's (cf. I Pet. 2:9; II Pet. 1:3, 5). It refers to doing something well with its accompanying prestige. It was a common word in the Greek moral philosophers (Stoics). It is used to express goodness in its fullest practical expression.

▣ "worthy of praise" This meant "that which was approved both by God and by man" (cf. 1:11). It refers to being socially acceptable to a culture for the purpose of attracting people to God (cf. I Tim. 3:2,7,10; 5:7; 6:14).

NASB"dwell on these things"
NKJV"meditate on these things"
NRSV"think about these things"
TEV"fill your minds with those things"
NJB"let your minds be filled with"

This is a present middle imperative. This commercial term (logizomai) implies a process of calculating or reasoning that was continual and priority. Dwell on these things so that they can shape your thinking and living (see note at 3:15). God will do His part in the believers' lives through grace, but they must participate by removing those things that they know will draw their heart away from the Lord (cf. I Thess. 5:21-22).

4:9 "the things you have learned and received and heard and seen" All four of these verbs are aorist active indicatives. These relate to Paul's activities in Philippi. Both the content of believers' theology and their lifestyle (cf. Ezra 7:10) are crucial if believers are to reflect who the Lord is and attract others to Him.

It is interesting that the second word "received" (paralambanō) became an official term for "received tradition" and was used in that sense by Paul in I Cor. 11:23; 15:3.

▣ "seen" This emphasis began in 3:17. As Paul followed Christ, believers are to follow him.

▣ "Practice these things" This is a present active imperative, "keep on practicing these things!" Do not be just hearers, but doers (cf. Luke 11:28; James 1:22). It is very similar to the Hebrew concept, Shema (cf. Deut. 5:1; 6:4; 9:1; 20:3; 27:9-10), which meant "to hear so as to do." Christianity must not be turned into a creed isolated from daily godly living.

▣ "the God of peace" As verse 7 emphasizes the peace that God gives, this verse emphasizes the very nature of the One who gives it. This emphasis on the peace-giving God can be seen in Rom. 15:33; 16:20; II Cor. 13:11; I Thess. 5:23; Heb. 13:20. Jesus is called the Lord of peace in II Thess. 3:16.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:10-14
 10But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at last you have revived your concern for me; indeed, you were concerned before, but you lacked opportunity. 11Not that I speak from want, for I have learned to be content in whatever circumstances I am. 12I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity; in any and every circumstance I have learned the secret of being filled and going hungry, both of having abundance and suffering need. 13I can do all things through Him who strengthens me. 14Nevertheless, you have done well to share with me in my affliction.

4:10 "I rejoiced" Paul is so appreciative of this church's help (money, concern, prayers, Epaphroditus).

NASB, NRSV"that now at last you have revived your concern for me"
NKJV"that now at last your care for me has flourished again"
TEV"after so long a time you once more had the chance of showing that you care for me"
NJB"now that at last your consideration for me has blossomed again"

At first glance this seems to be a negative statement in English. It is very similar to the phrase found in Rom. 1:10. The term "revived" means "to bloom again." Paul is simply stating that they had the desire to help him but they had not had an opportunity (imperfect tense of both the verb and the infinitive of v. 10b). This probably refers to a monetary gift (cf. v. 14). For a good article see Gordon Fee, To What End Exegesis? pp. 282-289.

4:11 "I have learned to be content in whatever circumstances I am" This is an aorist tense employing a Stoic term (autarkēs). The Stoic philosophers used this term translated "contented" as the goal of their philosophy, which was a passionless distancing from the affairs of life, "a self-sufficiency." Paul was not saying that he was self-sufficient, but that he was Jesus-sufficient ("in the Lord," v. 10). The peace of God is not connected with circumstances, but with the person and work of Christ. This contentment is both a Christian worldview and friendship with the Savior. The theological concept of Christian contentment is also found in II Cor. 9:8; I Tim. 6:6,8; Heb. 13:5.

4:12 This verse has three perfect tense verbs and six present infinitives. It is a beautiful, artistic affirmation of Paul's trust in God's moment-by-moment provision "in Christ." See Special Topic: Wealth at Eph. 4:28.

▣ "I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity" The two "I knows" are perfect active indicatives. Paul knew about want and plenty! The first term is translated "humbled" in 2:8, where it is used of Jesus. Here it means "less than what is needed for daily life."

The second word means "much more than is needed for daily life." There are two dangers facing believers in their Christian lifestyle: poverty and wealth (cf. Pro. 30:7-9). The danger is that with poverty one becomes discouraged with God and with wealth one becomes self-sufficient apart from God.

▣ "prosperity. . .assurance" See Special Topic: Abound at Eph. 1:8.

NASB, NRSV,
TEV"I have learned the secret"
NKJV"I have learned"
NJB"I have mastered the secret"

This literally means "I have been initiated." This is another perfect passive indicative. This term is used only here in the NT. It was used in the mystery religions for one who was initiated into their cult. Paul was asserting that he has learned by experience and by theology that the true secret of happiness is found in Christ, not in circumstances (cf. The Christian's Secret of a Happy Life by Hannah Whithall Smith).

4:13 The term "Christ" found in the King James Version does not occur in this verse in the oldest Greek manuscripts (א*, A, B, or D*). However, the pronoun "Him" certainly refers to Jesus. This is the flipside of the truth found in John 15:5. Biblical truth is often presented in tension-filled pairs. Usually one side emphasizes God's involvement and the other, mankind's. This eastern method of presenting truth is very difficult for western people to grasp. Many of the tensions between denominations are a misunderstanding of this type of dialectical presentations of truth. To focus on one aspect or the other is to miss the point! These isolated proof texts have developed into systems of theology which are in fact only "half truths"!

▣ "strengthens" This is a Present active participle, "the one who continues to strengthen" (cf. Eph. 3:16; Col. 1:11; I Tim. 1:12; II Tim. 4:17). Believers need to be strengthened by Christ. They also need to be strong (cf. I Cor. 16:13 Eph. 6:10; II Tim. 2:1). This is the paradoxical tension found so often in Scripture. Christianity is a covenant; God initiates it and sets the conditions and privileges, but humans must respond and obey and continue! These believers were under internal and external pressure from false teachers and persecutors! As Paul was content in all circumstances, so must they be (and us, too).

4:14 These believers shared with Paul in the spreading of the gospel (cf. 1:5) and the persecution that it brought. See Special Topic: Tribulation at Eph. 3:13.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:15-20
 15You yourselves also know, Philippians, that at the first preaching of the gospel, after I left Macedonia, no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving but you alone; 16for even in Thessalonica you sent a gift more than once for my needs. 17Not that I seek the gift itself, but I seek for the profit which increases to your account. 18But I have received everything in full and have an abundance; I am amply supplied, having received from Epaphroditus what you have sent, a fragrant aroma, an acceptable sacrifice, well-pleasing to God. 19And my God will supply all your needs according to His riches in glory in Christ Jesus. 20Now to our God and Father be the glory forever and ever. Amen.

4:15,16 This has been understood to be a contradiction to II Cor. 11:8-9, which implies that the other churches of Macedonia also helped Paul. However, the time element is significant. Paul is saying that at this particular time no other church besides this church at Philippi had helped him. Paul was very hesitant to accept financial contributions (cf. I Cor. 9:4-18; II Cor. 11:7-10; 12:13-18; I Thess. 2:5-9; and II Thess. 3:7-9).

4:15 "You yourselves also know" This is an emphatic "you" and a perfect active indicative. Paul shared himself with this church and they reciprocated.

SPECIAL TOPIC: CHURCH (EKKLESIA)

NASB, NKJV,
NRSV"shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving"
TEV"shared my profits and losses"
NJB"made common account with me in the matter of expenditure and receipts"

There is a series of commercial terms in vv. 15-18 which can be verified and defined from the Koine Greek papyri found in Egypt and the ostraca (broken pottery used as writing material). This first one was a banking term for an open account.

Paul was acutely aware of the problems caused by money. As a rabbi he was not allowed to take money for his teaching. The false accusations by the factions at Corinth reinforced his need to refuse monetary help from the churches. Paul must have felt uniquely comfortable with this congregation.

4:17 "I seek. . .seek" This is a very strong Greek term used twice to show Paul's ambiguous feelings about his thanksgiving for the gift and yet his not actively seeking their help. He realized that they would receive a blessing from God for their stewardship and generosity in the gospel. For this he was glad.

▣ "the profit which increases to your account" This is another commercial metaphor which refers to the interest that accrued and was deposited in another's account. Giving to gospel causes results in gospel blessings (cf. v. 19).

4:18 "I have received everything in full," This is another business term for a receipt of a payment in full. Paul felt this church had done everything expected and far more. (The use of the term "abound" or "abundance" and the prefect passive indicative "amply supplied").

"Epaphroditus" He was the Philippian church's representative sent to deliver the monetary gift and stay on to help Paul (cf. 2:25-30).

▣ "a fragrant aroma; an acceptable sacrifice, well pleasing to God" This came from an OT metaphor of an accepted sacrifice on the altar of burnt offerings (cf. Gen. 8:21; Exod. 29:18,25,41; Lev. 1:9,13; Ezek. 20:41). This same type of metaphor is used by Paul in II Cor. 2:15 and Eph. 5:2.

The help given to Paul as a minister of the gospel is in reality given to God and will be repaid and blessed by Him!

4:19 "My God shall supply all your needs" This is not a blank check from God! "Needs" must be defined. This must be seen in light of the principles of spiritual giving found in II Corinthians 8 and 9, particularly 9:6-15. This is not a promise that can be taken out of context and be applied to every human desire. In this context it relates to Paul's provision for ministry. God will always supply those who are generous givers with more to give. This does not mean that they will have more for personal use, but more to give to gospel causes!

▣ "according to His riches in glory in Christ Jesus" It must be remembered that this whole chapter is motivated by the work of Christ and that all that is accomplished in the Christian life is by the help of the Lord, "in the Lord," (cf. vv. 1, 2, and 4). All of God's blessings come through Christ.

4:20 "to our God and Father be glory forever and ever" This is very similar to Paul's closing prayer in other books. The term "forever and ever" is literally "to the ages of the ages," which is a Greek idiom for "forever." See Special Topic: Paul's Praise, Prayer, and Thanksgiving at Eph. 3:20.

The description of God as Father is one of the greatest truths of the Bible (cf. Hosea 11). The family metaphors used for God (Father, Son) help humans understand His nature and character. God accommodates Himself to human understanding by using human titles, human analogies, and negation. For fuller note on "glory" see Eph. 1:6.

"Amen" is the Hebrew word for "faith" or "faithfulness" (cf. Hab. 2:4). Originally this term was used to describe a stable stance, sure footing. It came to be used metaphorically of someone who was faithful, stable, steadfast, dependable, trustworthy. Later it came to be commonly used in the sense of an affirmation of a trustworthy statement. See Special Topic at Eph. 3:20.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 4:21-23
 21Greet every saint in Christ Jesus. The brethren who are with me greet you. 22All the saints greet you, especially those of Caesar's household. 23The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit.

4:21-23 It is possible that this was written in Paul's own hand which became a common technique to verify the authenticity of his letters (cf. I Cor. 16:21; Gal. 6:11; Col. 4:18; II Thess. 3:17; Philemon v. 19). This was also a common practice in the Koine Greek papyri found in Egypt. Most of Paul's letters were penned by a scribe (cf. Rom. 16:22).

4:21 "greet every saint" This is the only use of the word "saint" in the NT in the singular. It is followed in v. 22 by the plural form. Even v. 21 is used in a corporate sense. To be saved makes one a part of a family, a body, a field, a building, a people! It is impossible to be a spiritual "lone ranger." The gospel is received individually but results in a collective fellowship.

Be carful of the modern western overemphasis on individual rights and freedoms. Christianity is a corporate experience. Even well-known Reformation (Luther) slogans like "the Priesthood of the Believer" are biblically inaccurate. The NT people of God are described by the OT priestly phrases (cf. I Pet. 2:5,9; Rev. 1:60. But note that they are all plural, "a kingdom of priests."

Remember, believers are individually gifted at salvation for the common good (cf. I Cor. 12:7). We are saved to serve. Our modern cultural milieu has changed the biblical focus into "what's in it for me?" thereby turning salvation into a ticket to heaven instead of a life of ministry. Believers are not saved so that they might exercise their freedoms nor actualize their potential, they are saved from sin to serve God (cf. Romans 6). See Special Topic: Saints at Col. 1:2.

4:22 "especially those of Caesar's household" This obviously relates to servants, slaves, and minor officials in Rome in governmental service (cf. 1:13). Paul's gospel had even invaded the Emperor's own staff and would one day cause the whole pagan system to collapse.

4:23

NASB, NRSV,
NJB"be with your spirit"
NKJV, TEV"be with you all"

This refers to the human person. In the NT it is often very difficult to know if the author is referring to the Holy Spirit (with a capital "S") or the human spirit which is motivated by the Holy Spirit (with a little "s"). In this context it is obviously a little "s."

There is a manuscript variation in the Pauline closing (cf. Gal. 6:18 and Philemon 25). Some Greek texts, אc, K, and the Textus Receptus (NKJV), have "with you all," which was Paul's close in I Cor. 16:24; II Cor. 13:13; II Thess. 3:18 and Titus 3:15. The majority of ancient Greek papyrus and uncial manuscripts have "with your spirit."

 

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. What is the key phrase of this chapter?

2. What does it mean "to stand firm"?

3. What are the principles for solving disunity in a local church?

4. Give the aspects of prayer that Paul mentions in verses 4-7.

5. Describe in your own words the significance of verses 8 and 9 to our day.

6. Is verse 10 a negative statement by Paul to chide the Philippians for not helping him?

7. What is the true secret of happiness expressed in verses 11-13?

8. List and explain the three commercial terms found in verses 15, 17 and 18.

9. Explain how the context affects the proper interpretation of verse 19a.

 

Copyright © 2012 Bible Lessons International

1 Timothy 1

 

PARAGRAPH DIVISIONS OF MODERN TRANSLATIONS*

UBS4 NKJV NRSV TEV NJB
Salutation Greeting Salutation Introduction Address
1:1-2 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1-2
  1:2a 1:2a 1:2a  
  1:2b 1:2b 1:2b  
Warning Against False Doctrine No Other Defense The Defense of the Truth Warnings Against False Teaching Suppress the False Teachers
1:3-7 1:3-11 1:3-7 1:3-7 1:3-7
1:8-11   1:8-11 1:8-11 1:8-11
Thankfulness for Mercy Glory to God for His Grace   Gratitude for God's Mercy Paul On His Own Calling
1:12-17 1:12-17 1:12-17 1:12-17 1:12-17
  Fight the Good Fight     Timothy's Responsibility
1:18-20 1:18-20 1:18-20 1:18-20 1:18-20

READING CYCLE THREE (from "A Guide to Good Bible Reading")

FOLLOWING THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR'S INTENT AT THE PARAGRAPH LEVEL

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

Read the chapter in one sitting. Identify the subjects. Compare your subject divisions with the five translations above. Paragraphing is not inspired but it is the key to following the original author's intent which is the heart of interpretation. Every paragraph has one and only one subject.

1. First paragraph

2. Second paragraph

3. Third paragraph

4. Etc.

 

* Although they are not inspired, paragraph divisions are the key to understanding and following the original author's intent. Each modern translation has divided and summarized the paragraphs. Every paragraph has one central topic, truth, or thought. Each version encapsulates that topic in its own distinct way. As you read the text, ask yourself which translation fits your understanding of the subject and verse divisions.
 In every chapter we must read the Bible first and try to identify its subjects (paragraphs), then compare our understanding with the modern versions. Only when we understand the original author's intent by following his logic and presentation can we truly understand the Bible. Only the original author is inspired—readers have no right to change or modify the message. Bible readers do have the responsibility of applying the inspired truth to their day and their lives.
  Note that all technical terms and abbreviations are explained fully in the following documents: Brief Definitions of Greek Grammatical StructureTextual Criticism, and Glossary.

WORD AND PHRASE STUDY

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:1
 1Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus according to the commandment of God our Savior, and of Christ Jesus, who is our hope,

1:1 "Paul" Most Jews of Paul's day had two first names, one Jewish, one Roman (cf. Acts 13:9). Paul's Jewish name was Saul. He, like the ancient King of Israel, was of the tribe of Benjamin (cf. Rom. 11:1; Phil. 3:5). His Roman name in Greek form, Paul (Paulos), meant "little." This referred to

1. his physical stature which was alluded to in a second century non-canonical book, The Acts of Paul, in a chapter about Thessalonica called "Paul and Thekla"

2. his personal sense of being least of the saints because he originally persecuted the Church (cf. 1 Cor. 15:9; Eph. 3:8; 1 Tim. 1:15)

3. simply the name given by his parents at birth

Option #3 seems best.

▣ "an apostle" This root is one of two common Greek verbs for "send." This term has several theological usages.

1. The rabbis used it as one called and sent as an official representative of another, something like our English "ambassador" (cf. II Cor. 5:20).

2. The Gospels often use the verb form of this term of Jesus being sent by the Father. In John the term takes on Messianic overtones (cf. John 4:34; 5:24,30,36,37,38; 6:29,38,39,40,57; 7:29; 8:42; 10:36; 11:42; 17:3,8,18,21,23,25; 20:21).

3. It is used of Jesus sending believers (cf. John 17:18; 20:21).

4. It is used of a special leadership gift in the NT.

a. the original twelve inner circle of disciples (cf. Acts 1:21-22)

b. a special group of Apostolic helpers and co-workers

(1) Barnabas (cf. Acts 14:4,14)

(2) Andronicus and Junias (KJV, Junia, cf. Rom. 16:7)

(3) Apollos (cf. 1 Cor. 4:6-9)

(4) James the Lord's brother (cf. Gal. 1:19)

(5) Silvanus and Timothy (cf. 1 Thess. 2:6)

(6) possibly Titus (cf. 2 Cor. 8:23)

(7) possibly Epaphroditus (cf. Phil. 2:25)

c. an ongoing gift in the church (cf. Eph. 4:11)

5. Paul uses this title for himself in most of his letters as a way of asserting his God-given authority as Christ's representative (cf. I Cor. 1:1; 2 Cor. 1:1; Eph. 1:1; Col. 1:1; 2 Tim. 1:1). Even in a personal letter like 1 Timothy, this authority is important.

a. his authority gave Timothy authority

b. he is combating false teachers

c. his letter was obviously read to the entire church

 

▣ "of Christ Jesus" These terms are part of the fuller title "the Lord Jesus Christ." These three titles all have individual significance.

1. "Christ" is the Greek translation of the Hebrew Messiah (Anointed One). It asserts Jesus' OT status as God's promised one sent to set up the new age of righteousness.

2. "Jesus" is the name given to the baby in Bethlehem by the angel (cf. Matt. 1:21). It is made up of two Hebrew nouns: "YHWH," the covenant name for deity, and "salvation" (cf. Exod. 3:14). It is the same Hebrew name as Joshua. When used alone it often identifies the man, Jesus of Nazareth, son of Mary (e.g., Matt. 1:16, 25; 2:1; 3:13,15,16; Acts 13:23,33; Rom. 8:11; 1 Cor. 11:23; 12:3; Eph. 4:21; Phil. 2:10; 1 Thess. 1:10; 4:14).

3. "Lord" (used in 1:1 in KJV or in 1:12) is the translation of the Hebrew term adon, which meant "owner, husband, master, or lord." The Jews became afraid of pronouncing the sacred name YHWH lest they take it in vain and break one of the Ten Commandments. Whenever they read the Scriptures, they substituted Adon for YHWH. This is why our English translations use all capitals Lord for YHWH in the OT. By transferring this title (kurios in Greek) to Jesus, the NT authors assert His deity and equality with the Father (this same thing is done by the grammar of v. 2 with one preposition referring to God the Father and Jesus the Son, cf. 1 Thess. 1:1; 2 Thess. 1:1,2).

 

▣ "according to the commandment of God" This is another literary way of asserting Paul's apostolic authority. Paul's ministry was the "will of God" (cf. 2 Tim. 1:1) and "the commandment of God" (cf. Titus 1:3). This probably refers to Paul's call on the road to Damascus and the information revealed through Ananias (cf. Acts 9:1-22; 22:3-16; 26:9-18). Paul did not volunteer!

▣ "God our Savior" This is an OT title for YHWH's care and deliverance of Israel (cf. Isa. 19:20; 43:3,11; 45:15,21; 49:26; 60:16; 63:8), especially through the coming Suffering Servant (cf. Isa. 52:13-53:12). This title is used of God the Father in Titus 1:3; 2:10 and 3:4 and of God the Son, Jesus, in Titus 1:4; 2:13 and 3:6. This is another way of theologically linking the Father and the Son.

This was one of the NT titles for YHWH which was used of Caesar. The Caesars of Paul's day claimed to be "Lord," "Savior," even "divine." Christians reserved these titles uniquely for Jesus and because of this they were seen as traitors by the Roman government and society and were persecuted and died by the thousands in the first and second centuries. See full note at 2 Tim. 1:10.

▣ "Christ" See SPECIAL TOPIC: MESSIAH following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: MESSIAH

▣ "our hope" See SPECIAL TOPIC: HOPE at Titus 1:2.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:2
 2To Timothy, my true child in the faith: Grace, mercy and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.

1:2 "To Timothy" The Pastoral Letters follow the typical Greek letter form: (1) from whom; (2) to whom; and (3) a prayer/wish.

SPECIAL TOPIC: TIMOTHY

▣ "my true child" "My" is not in the Greek text. "Child" is teknon, which means a legitimate child. Paul saw himself as Timothy's spiritual father (cf. 2 Tim. 1:2; 2:1). He also refers to Titus (cf. Tutus 1:4) and Onesimus (cf. Philemon v. 10) by similar phrases.

▣ "Grace, mercy and peace" Notice the commonality and differences in Paul's opening greetings:

1. "Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ" (cf. Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; 1 Thess. 1:2; Philemon 1:3)

2. "Grace to you and peace from God our Father" (cf. Col. 1:2)

3. "Grace to you and peace" (cf. 1 Thess. 1:1)

4. "Grace, mercy and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord" (cf. 1 Tim. 1:2; 2 Tim. 1:2)

5. "Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Savior" (cf. Titus 1:4)

Notice that there is variety, but some elements are standard.

1. "Grace" begins all greetings. It is a Christianized form of greeting focusing on the character of God.

2. "Peace" is the result of humans trusting in the trustworthy God.

3. "Mercy" is another way of describing God's character and is unique in Paul's writings, used only in I and 2 Timothy. This term was used in the Septuagint to translate the Hebrew term hesed (i.e., covenant loyalty). God is gracious and trustworthy.

4. The Father and Son are mentioned in each greeting (in 1 Thessalonians they are mentioned in the previous phrase). They are always grammatically linked. This was one way the NT writers asserted the full deity of Jesus of Nazareth. This is also true of the use of the OT titles for YHWH applied to Jesus (i.e., Lord and Savior).

 

▣ "Father" The Bible uses human categories (anthropomorphisms) to describe deity as an aid to time-bound, sinful mankind. The most common biblical metaphors relate to the family:

1. God as Father, as parent (mother and father), as near kin (go'el)

2. Jesus as Son, as brother, as husband

3. believers as children, as adopted children, as bride

 

SPECIAL TOPIC: FATHER

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:3-7
 3As I urged you upon my departure for Macedonia, remain on at Ephesus so that you may instruct certain men not to teach strange doctrines, 4nor to pay attention to myths and endless genealogies, which give rise to mere speculation rather than furthering the administration of God which is by faith. 5But the goal of our instruction is love from a pure heart and a good conscience and a sincere faith. 6For some men, straying from these things, have turned aside to fruitless discussion, 7wanting to be teachers of the Law, even though they do not understand either what they are saying or the matters about which they make confident assertions.

1:3 "Ephesus"

1. It was the largest city of the Roman province of Asia Minor. It was not the capital, though the Roman governor lived there. It was a commercial center because of its excellent natural harbor.

2. It was a free city, which allowed it to have its own local government and many political freedoms, including no garrison of Roman soldiers.

3. It was the only city which was allowed to hold biannual Asian Olympic games.

4. It was the site of the Temple to Artemis (Diana in Latin), which was one of the seven wonders of the world of its day. It was 425' by 220' with 127 columns which were 60' tall, of which 86 were overlaid with gold (see Pliny's Hist. Nat. 36:95ff). The image of Artemis was thought to have been a meteor which resembled a many-breasted female figure. This meant that there were many cultic prostitutes present in the city (cf. Acts 19). It was a very immoral, multicultural city.

5. Paul spent more than three years in this city (cf. Acts 18:1ff; 20:13). He stayed there longer than any other place.

6. Tradition asserts that it became the Apostle John's home after Mary's death in Palestine.

7. Paul and Timothy must have traveled here together after Paul was released from Roman imprisonment in Rome. It is the first geographical information about Paul's fourth missionary journey. Notice he was moving on to Macedonia.

8. Eusebius (a third century church historian) relates the tradition that Timothy was later stoned in Ephesus because of arguments with the followers of Diana.

 

▣ "so that" This is a hina (purpose clause), which means "in order that" (1:10,18,20; 2:2; 3:15; 4:15; 5:7,16,20,21; 6:1,19).

▣ "may instruct" This is a military term "to give strict orders" (cf. vv. 5,18; 4:11; 5:7; 6:13,17). Paul is directing Timothy as his Apostolic delegate.

▣ "certain men not to teach strange doctrines" Normally Paul, like all first century writers, would include a prayer of thanksgiving, an expected introductory item of Greek letters. However, in both Galatians and 1 Timothy the situation (i.e., opposing false teachers) demanded a deviation from the normal pattern. There is much modern academic speculation about these false teachers. They seem to combine aspects of Jewish and Greek thought (like the false teachers of Colossians). In this context (1:3-4) they are characterized by

1. strange doctrines

2. attention to myths

3. attention to endless genealogies

4. mere speculation

Some commentators relate these to Gnosticism's aeons or angelic spheres (plērōma) between a high good god and lesser gods/angels, the least of which molded/formed evil matter. See Special Topic: Gnostics at Titus 1:1.

The Jewish element is obvious in:

1. "teachers of the Law" (1 Tim. 1:7-10)

2. "Jewish myths" (Titus 1:14; 2 Tim. 4:4)

3. "disputes about the Law" (Titus 3:9)

4. "those of the circumcision" (Titus 1:10)

5. possibly the origins of the Messiah in Titus 3:9a

 

NASB"to teach no other doctrine"
NKJV"to teach different doctrine"
NRSV"teaching false doctrine"
TEV"teaching false doctrine"
NJB"to spread wrong teaching"

This is a present infinitive of a compound term heteros (another of a different kind) plus didakalin (the thing taught). The adjective heteros is also used to describe inappropriate teaching in Acts 17:21; 2 Cor. 11:4; and Gal. 1:6-7. 1 Timothy 6:3 is a good parallel.

In The New International Biblical Commentary, p. xiv, one of my favorite commentators, Gordon Fee, asserts that this verse is crucial in interpreting the purpose of 1 Timothy. In his opinion it is not primarily a "manual of church discipline," but a refutation of false teachers/teaching (and I agree).

1:4 "nor to pay attention to myths and endless genealogies" Because of the references to Jewish Law (vv. 7-10 and Titus 3:9b), to circumcision (Titus 1:10), and Jewish myths (Titus 1:14 and in 2 Tim. 4:4), it seems obvious that these teachings were Jewish in nature. It is possible that it refers to the speculative origins of the Messiah (cf. Titus 3:9a).

Irenaeus and Tertullian thought Paul was prophetically speaking to later Gnosticism's aeons or angelic levels between the holy god and a lesser god (or Elohim/angel) who formed matter. Gnosticism is a system of thought that is known from writings from the middle of the second century. See Special Topic: Gnostics at Titus 1:1. From these writings we know of their extensive lists of angelic levels between a high good god and the lesser spiritual beings. However, these Gnostic lists are never characterized in contemporary Christian, Jewish, or Gnostic literature by the terms "myths" or "genealogies."

The subject of Gnosticism has been greatly advanced by the archaeological discoveries of Gnostic texts such as Nag Hammadi. These writings are now available in English, The Nag Hammadi Library by James M. Robinson and Richard Smith.

NASB"give rise to mere speculation"
NKJV"which cause disputes"
NRSV"that promote speculations"
TEV"which only produce arguments"
NJB"only foster doubts"

It is possible to get so involved in the study of Christianity academically that we forget why we are studying God's word (cf. Titus 3:8; Matt. 28:19-20). Just because a text could mean this or that does not mean that it does mean that. Check the historical setting and larger context.

This is exactly the reason that Pietism developed out of the Reformation tradition. Mind and heart must both be yielded and energized by God's Spirit.

NASB"rather than furthering the administration of God"
NKJV"rather than godly edification"
NRSV"rather than the divine training"
TEV"they do not serve God's plan"
NJB"instead of furthering God's plan"

This is the term for "household manager" (oikonomian, found in MSS א, A, D2, F, G) used for believers' stewardship of the gospel message. It refers to God's gracious plan for all mankind's salvation through faith in Christ (cf. Gen. 3:15; 2 Cor. 5:21; Eph. 2:8-10; 2:11-3:13). See Special Topic: YHWH's ETERNAL REDEMPTIVE PLAN at 1 Tim. 4:10.

The NKJV's "edification" (oikodomēn) follows MS D* and the Greek texts used by Irenaeus and the Latin text used by Theodore. The UBS4 gives "household manager" an "A" rating (certain).

The NET Bible gives 1 Tim. 2:3-6; 2 Tim. 1:9-10 and Titus 3:4-7 as the theological elements of God's eternal redemptive plan (p. 2176).

SPECIAL TOPIC: EDIFY

"which is by faith" There is a real difference between "myths," "genealogies," "speculations," and faith. Faith is based on the historical truth of the gospel, not theories. Faith comes from the promises of God (cf. Gal. 3:14,16,17,18,21,22,29), not the philosophical preponderance of humans (cf. 1 Cor. 1:18-31). One is based on revelation, the other on human speculation. One honors God and the other magnifies the human thinker.

This is not meant to depreciate godly scholarship, but to differentiate divine revelation from human reason, speculation, and discovery. Believers are called to love God with their "minds" (cf. Jesus' quote of Deut. 6:5 in Matt. 22:36-37; Mark 12:28-30; Luke 10:27) and to pass these truths on to their children (cf. Deut. 6:7,20-25).

1:5 "love from a pure heart" The goal of Paul's charge to believers in v. 5 had a three-fold component.

1. love from a pure heart

2. love from a good conscience

3. love from a sincere faith.

In Hebrew "heart" was used for the seat of the intellect, emotions, and will (cf. Deut. 6:5-6). It stood for the whole person.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THE HEART

"a good conscience" There is not an OT counterpart to the Greek term "conscience" unless the Hebrew term "breast" implies a knowledge of self and its motives. Originally the Greek term referred to consciousness related to the five senses. It came to be used of the inner senses (cf. Rom. 2:15). Paul uses this term twice in his trials in Acts (cf. 23:1 and 24:16). It refers to his sense that he had not knowingly violated any expected duties toward God (cf. 1 Cor. 4:4).

Conscience is a developing understanding of believers' motives and actions based on (1) a biblical world-view; (2) an indwelling Spirit; and (3) a knowledge of the word of God. It is made possible by the personal reception of the gospel.

Paul uses this term twice in chapter 1, once in relation to his own developed sense of the will of God (cf. 1:5) and once in relation to the willful rejection of the false teachers (cf. Titus 1:15), including Hymenaeus and Alexander (cf. 1:19). These false teachers have had their consciences seared (cf. 4:2).

"a sincere faith" Paul uses this adjective three times in his writings to describe (1) faith (cf. 1 Tim. 1:5; 2 Tim. 1:5) and (2) love (cf. 2 Cor. 6:6 and also 1 Pet. 1:22). It has the connotation of genuine, real, or sincere which is opposite of "counterfeit" which describes the false teachers (cf. vv. 19-20).

1:6-7 These verses further characterize the false teachers in very Jewish categories

1. they strayed from the goal of ethical teachings (cf. v. 5)

2. they turned aside to

a. "fruitless discussion" (NASB)

b. "idle talk" (NKJV)

c. "meaningless talk" (NRSV)

d. "empty speculation" (NJB)

3. they wanted to be teachers of the Law

4. they do not understand the Law

5. they make confident assertions about things they do not understand

6. verses 9c-10 seem to reflect the Ten Commandments

The tragedy of false teachers is either

1. their spiritual blindness, which is often expressed by insincerity

2. their willful rejection of light, not just ignorance

3. they lead others into error and ruin

 

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:8-11
 8But we know that the Law is good, if one uses it lawfully, 9realizing the fact that law is not made for a righteous person, but for those who are lawless and rebellious, for the ungodly and sinners, for the unholy and profane, for those who kill their fathers or mothers, for murderers 10and immoral men and homosexuals and kidnappers and liars and perjurers, and whatever else is contrary to sound teaching, 11according to the glorious gospel of the blessed God, with which I have been entrusted.

1:8-11 This is one long sentence in Greek. It clearly reveals one continuing purpose of the Mosaic Law, especially as it relates to moral living.

1:8 "But we know that the Law is good" See Special Topic following.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PAUL'S VIEWS OF THE MOSAIC LAW

"if" This is a third class conditional sentence which means potential, but contingent, action. The Mosaic Law must be used in an appropriate manner and not as a legalistic agenda (cf. Rom. 2:27-29; 7:6; 2 Cor. 3:6).

1:9 "but for those who are lawless and rebellious" Paul includes several lists of sins in his writings (cf. Rom. 1:29-31; 13:13; 1 Cor. 5:11; 6:9-10; Eph. 5:5; Col. 3:5; 1 Tim. 6:4-5; 2 Tim. 3:2-4; Titus 3:3). They are similar to the lists of vices of the Greek moralists (Stoics). This list describes those for whom the Law still has relevance (i.e., sinners). The Law as God's agent to convict of sin is fully discussed in Galatians 3.

SPECIAL TOPIC: VICES AND VIRTUES IN THE NT

▣ "lawless" This meant "no recognized authority." These false teachers had rejected the moral aspects of the Mosaic Law. They had become a "law" unto themselves (no conscience, cf. 4:2).

▣ "rebellious" This meant "not under authority." They wanted to be authorities unto themselves.

▣ "ungodly" This meant "knowledgeably irreligious." They were not ignorant, but self-blinded.

▣ "unholy" This means the opposite of godly. They oppose all that God stands for and does.

▣ "profane" This meant "to trample the holy." They claimed to be spiritual, but by their lifestyles they demonstrated their worldliness.

"those who kill their fathers and mothers" If this list reflects the Decalog, then this may reflect lack of the respect/honor which is due parents (cf. Exod. 20:12; Deut. 5:16).

"murder" In the Decalog this refers to non-legal, premeditated murder (cf. Exod. 20:13; Deut. 5:17).

1:10 "immoral men" This meant "sexually immoral" and may refer to Exod. 20:14 and Deut. 5:18. Sexuality without bounds has always characterized false teachers.

NASB, NJB"homosexuals"
NKJV, NRSV"sodomites"
TEV"sexual perverts"

SPECIAL TOPIC: HOMOSEXUALITY

▣ "kidnappers" This may be further evidence that the entire list parallels the Ten Commandments. This is a rabbinical interpretation of "thou shalt not steal" (cf. Exod. 20:15; Deut. 5:19). The rabbis assert that it refers to kidnaping of slaves (cf. Exod. 21:16; Deut. 24:7), however, the immediate context seems related to perverse sexuality (i.e., the sexual use of a slave girl, cf. Amos 2:7, or the use of young boys for homosexual perversity).

"and liars and perjurers" This may relate to the Commandment "you shall not bear false witness against your neighbor" (cf. Exod. 20:16; Deut. 5:20).

"and whatever else is contrary to sound teaching" If we continue to compare this to the Decalog then this must refer to "coveting" (cf. Exod. 20:17; Deut. 5:21). However, Paul seems to end his list of sins in Rom. 13:9 and Gal. 5:21 in the same general sense (i.e., without specific reference to coveting).

▣ "sound teaching" We get the English word "hygiene" from this Greek word. This term is used in the NT eleven times; nine are in the Pastoral Letters. It speaks of teachings that make believers spiritually healthy.

This concept (though different phrasing) is a repeated theme in the Pastoral Letters (cf. 1 Tim. 1:10; 4:6; 6:3; 2 Tim. 1:13; 4:3; Titus 1:9,13; 2:1,2,7). In this context it is parallel to "the gospel of glory" in v. 11.

The difficult contemporary application of this text relates to modern believers being able to define "false teachers." How does one differentiate between items of personal preference and culture versus crucial doctrinal issues? The answer must lie in the Apostolic preaching of the gospel, especially as it relates to the person and work of Christ and how humans receive the benefit of Christ's work and live in light of the gospel's mandate of Christlikeness.

"Sound teaching" is one of several words and phrases that lift up and describe God's truth.

1. "Word of God" (cf. 1 Tim. 4:5; 2 Tim. 4:2; Titus 2:5)

2. "word of our Lord" (cf. 1 Tim. 6:3; 2 Tim. 1:13)

3. "words of truth" (cf. 2 Tim. 2:15)

4. "words of faith" (cf. 1 Tim. 4:6)

5. "teaching" (cf. 1 Tim. 1:10; 11 Tim. 4:3; Titus 1:9, 2:1)

6. "deposit" (cf. 1 Tim. 6:20)

7. "truth" (cf. 2 Tim. 1:14; 2:18, 25; 3:7,8; 4:4)

8. "the Gospel" (cf. 1 Tim. 1:11; 2 Tim. 2:8, 10, 11)

9. "the faith" (cf. 1 Tim. 6:21; 2 Tim. 4:7)

10. "Scriptures" (cf. 2 Tim. 2:15-16)

 

1:11 "the glorious gospel" This is literally "the gospel of the glory of the blessed God." This is parallel to the "sound teaching" of v. 10. God has revealed how to respond to Him and other humans in appropriate (gospel) and inappropriate (Jewish legalism) ways. The new covenant in Christ is the final arbitrator of what is necessary and appropriate for believers (cf. Acts 15).

The term glory (doxa) is very difficult to define. In the OT the Hebrew term kabod, a commercial term, means "to be heavy" and thereby valuable and honorable. It had a special derived sense when used of YHWH (cf. Exod. 16:7) in connection with the shekinah cloud which represented His presence. This cloud was a pillar of fire. Therefore, kabod took on a radiant, brilliant connotation (cf. Exod. 24:17). In the OT it becomes a way of referring to God Himself (cf. Isa. 59:19). This is why John 1:14 becomes so significant. Jesus and/or His gospel are identified fully with the blessed God of the OT, YHWH.

"blessed God" This word for "blessed" is used for God, only here and in 6:15. It is the same term used in the Beatitudes of Matt. 5 (i.e. "happy," "content"). The implication of the idiom is that YHWH is worthy of praise.

▣ "which I have been entrusted" This is an aorist passive indicative of pisteuō, the general term for faith, trust, or believe in the NT. Here it is used in the sense of "to entrust something to another" (cf. Luke 16:11; Rom. 3:2; 1 Cor. 9:17; Gal. 2:7; 1 Thess. 2:4; 1 Tim. 1:11; Titus 1:3; 1 Pet. 4:10).

Paul believed that God had made him a steward of the gospel for which he would give an account (cf. 1 Cor. 9:17; Gal. 2:7; 1 Thess. 2:4; Titus 1:3).

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:12-17
 12 I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, who has strengthened me, because He considered me faithful, putting me into service, 13even though I was formerly a blasphemer and a persecutor and a violent aggressor. Yet I was shown mercy because I acted ignorantly in unbelief; 14and the grace of our Lord was more than abundant, with the faith and love which are found in Christ Jesus. 15It is a trustworthy statement, deserving full acceptance, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners, among whom I am foremost of all. 16Yet for this reason I found mercy, so that in me as the foremost, Jesus Christ might demonstrate His perfect patience as an example for those who would believe in Him for eternal life. 17Now to the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only God, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.

1:12 "I thank Christ Jesus our Lord" This is one of the rare occasions when Paul directs his prayer to Christ instead of the Father. He possibly does this here because it was Jesus whom he heard on the Damascus road (cf. Acts 9:4-5; 22:7-8; 26:15). Paul believed that Jesus

1. strengthened/enabled/empowered him (cf. Phil. 4:13; 2 Tim. 4:17)

2. considered him faithful/trustworthy

3. put him to ministry (cf. Acts 9:15).

The rest of this paragraph is devoted to Paul's amazement that God could love, forgive, and use a sinner like him. If God could do this for Paul, He could do it for anyone, even the false teachers and those influenced by them.

This type of doxology that seems to break into the context is characteristic of Paul's writing. Expressing his theology often caused him to burst into praise and thanksgiving. Paul often used the Greek term eucharisteō or eucharistia to express thanks, but the term here is charin, which is formed from the stem of the term "grace" (charis). This term is rarer in Paul's writing (cf. 1 Tim. 1:12; 2 Tim. 1:3). However, both are used apparently interchangeably in the Corinthian letters, therefore, they are probably synonymous for Paul, with little or no distinctiveness implied.

SPECIAL TOPIC: THANKSGIVING

1:13 "blasphemer" This must refer to Saul's beliefs and statements about Jesus before his conversion.

▣ "a persecutor and a violent aggressor" (cf. Acts 8:1-3; 9:1,13,21; 22:4,19; 26:10-11; 1 Cor. 15:8-9; Gal. 1:13; Phil. 3:6)

▣ "I was shown mercy" This is an aorist passive indicative. God/Christ had mercy on Saul the violent persecutor. If he can receive mercy, anyone can receive mercy. This reveals clearly the character of God and how far His love and mercy extends to sinners.

▣ "because I acted ignorantly in unbelief" In the OT, sins of ignorance could be forgiven by sacrifice (cf. Leviticus 16), whereas for premeditated sin there was no sacrificial possible, not even on the Day of Atonement. In Romans Paul clearly asserts that God holds humans responsible for the light they have. An example of this truth is that before the Mosaic Law, God did not hold humans responsible for violating its precepts (cf. Acts 17:30; Rom. 3:20,25; 4:15; 5:13,20; 7:5,7-8; 1 Cor. 15:56). This same truth is also seen in those who have never heard the gospel (cf. Rom. 1:18-2:29). They are responsible for the light they have (from creation, Rom. 1:18-23 and an inner moral witness, Rom. 2:14-15). This is called "natural revelation" as opposed to "special revelation" (i.e., the Bible).

1:14 "the grace of our Lord" The key in Paul's theology about salvation was the character of God, not the performance of mankind. Fallen humans' only hope is in the settled, merciful, gracious character of God, expressed in Christ (cf. Eph. 1:3-14; 2:4,8-9).

▣ "more than abundant" This is literally "super abundantly" (huperpleonazō). It is a characteristic hapax legomenon compound with huper created by Paul. "Where sin increased, grace abounded all the more" (Rom. 5:2).

SPECIAL TOPIC: PAUL'S USE OF "HUPER" COMPOUNDS

▣ "with the faith and love which are found in Christ Jesus" There are several interpretive issues involved in this verse.

1. Should "Lord" (v. 14) refer to YHWH (cf. v. 17) or Jesus? In context YHWH is best.

2. Should God's gift of grace be linked to faith and love, which are also gifts in Christ (cf. TEV, NJB)?

Surely Paul's conversion (cf. Acts 9) was an act of grace. Paul was chosen and acted upon. His response was not an act of unaffected free will! His needs were met in God's grace and Jesus' actions. Paul received heaven's gifts and then lived them out to others.

Notice that God's provisions for salvation come only through Christ. He is God's answer to fallen mankind's needs in every area (cf. vv. 15-17).

1:15 "It is a trustworthy statement deserving full acceptance" This phrase is used five times in the Pastoral Letters (cf. 1:15; 3:1, 4:9; 2 Tim. 2:11; Titus 3:8). It is used much like Jesus' "amen, amen" (translated "truly, truly" or "verily, verily") to introduce significant statements.

Many scholars believe that this phrase was a literary marker for Paul, quoting a hymn, liturgy, or catechism. Other possible places he quotes early creedal statements are 1:17; 3:16; 6:15-16; 2 Tim. 2:11-13.

▣ "Christ Jesus came into the world" This implies Jesus' pre-existence (cf. John 1:1,15, 8:57-58, 16:28, 17:5; 1 Cor. 8:9; Phil. 2:6-7; Col. 1:17; Heb. 1:3; 10:5-8), which was a major doctrinal issue related to His deity (He was incarnated, not created, cf. Pro. 8:22). This may address the Gnostic aspect of these false teachers. See Special Topic: Gnoticism at Titus 1:1.

SPECIAL TOPIC: PAUL'S USE OF KOSMOS

▣ "to save sinners" This is the purpose of Christ's coming (cf. Mark 10:45; Luke 19:10; 1 John 2:2). Also it shows the basic tenet of the gospel concerning fallen humanity's need for grace (cf. Rom. 3:9-18,23; 6:23).

▣ "I am foremost" The greater the light, the greater the consciousness of sin (cf. v. 16; 1 Cor. 15:9; Eph. 3:8). Paul felt guilty over his persecution of the church (cf. Acts 7:58; 8:1; 9:1-2; 22:4,19-20; 26:10-11), but felt empowered by God's grace, love, and provision for sinners through Christ's finished work (cf. v. 16).

1:16

NASB"perfect patience"
NKJV"all longsuffering"
NRSV"the utmost patience"
TEV"full patience"
NJB"inexhaustible patience"

This is a compound Greek term (makros and thumos) for "restrained wrath." This term is often used of God in the Greek OT, called the Septuagint (cf. Num. 14:18; Ps. 86:15; 103:8; Joel 2:13; Nah. 1:3). It also characterizes God in the NT (cf. Rom. 2:4; 9:22; 1 Pet. 3:20; 2 Pet. 3:15). It is meant to characterize His children also (cf. 2 Cor. 6:6; Gal. 5:22; Eph. 4:2; Col. 1:11; 3:12; 2 Tim. 3:10; 4:2).

▣ "as an example" Paul's testimony of salvation from being an arch enemy of Christianity to becoming the trusted Apostle to the Gentiles reveals the depth and width and height of God's grace. In a sense Paul was a sincere false teacher on whom God had mercy!

▣ "for those who would believe in Him" Jesus prays for those who would believe in Him in John 17:20-26. Although the Gospel of John uses the preposition eis often to express the object of human faith, Paul normally uses epi (cf. Rom. 4:5,24; 9:33; 10:11; 1 Tim. 1:16; also notice Acts 9:42; 11:17; 16:31) or just the dative (cf. Gal. 3:6; Acts 18:8; 27:25). There seems to be no theological difference between (1) believing into (eis); believing in (en); believing on (epi); or the use of the dative case without a preposition (cf. 1 John 5:10).

Paul, like John, sometimes uses hoti (i.e., believe that), which emphasizes the content of faith (cf. Rom. 6:8; 1 Thess. 4:14). The gospel is (1) a person to welcome; (2) truths to believe; and (3) a life to live.

SPECIAL TOPIC: Faith, Believe, or Trust (Pistis [noun], Pisteuō, [verb], Pistos [adjective])

▣ "eternal life" Eternal life (zōen aiōnion) is a major recurring theme in John's theology. It is a current reality (e.g., John 3:16,36; 5:24; 6:47,54) as well as a future hope given to those who know the Father through trusting the Son (e.g., John 17:2-3).

Paul uses this term as a way of referring to the life of (1) the new age; (2) the kingdom of God; or (3) resurrection life (cf. Rom. 2:7; 5:21; 6:22,23; Gal. 6:8; 1 Tim. 1:16; Titus 1:2; 3:7). Only God is immortal; only God can give life. He gives eternal life to those who trust His Son by faith.

1:17 "the King" This doxology is similar to 6:15-16. It reflects the language of the later synagogue ("the King of the Universe") and the Jews of the diaspora (the term "eternal" was used of God by Philo of Alexandria).

It is quite possible that Paul is quoting a creed or hymn of the early church as he does in 3:16; 6:15-16 and 2 Tim. 2:11-13.

▣ "Eternal" This is the first of four powerful adjectives which is the same adjectives used in the phrase "eternal life" in v. 16 but here to describe God. It is literally "of the ages" (aiōnion), which may be a metaphor of eternity or a reference to the Jewish concept of two ages:

1. a current evil age characterized by independence and rebellion (angel and human)

2. a coming promised age of righteousness brought by the Spirit and implemented by the Messiah.

See Special Topic at 6:17.

The "already and not yet" tension of eternal life characterizes the current period where these two Jewish ages are overlapped because of the new revelation concerning the two comings of the Messiah, one as Savior, and a later one as King, Lord, and Judge.

▣ "immortal" This is literally "incorruptible." It refers metaphorically to the ever-living, only-living One (YHWH from the Hebrew verb "to be," cf. Exod. 3:14, see Special Topic: Names for Deity at 2 Tim. 1:2). Only God has life in Himself (cf. Rom. 1:23; 1 Tim. 1:17; 6:16). All other life is a derived gift and a stewardship. It comes only through the grace of the Father, the work of Christ (cf. 2 Tim. 1:10), and the ministry of the Spirit.

▣ "invisible" This is used in the sense of the spiritual realm (cf. Col. 1:15) or possibly YHWH as the unseen God (no images, cf. Exod. 33:20; Deut. 4:15; 1 Tim. 6:16). God is the eternal Spirit present in all of creation!

▣ "the only God" This refers to Jewish monotheism (see Special Topic at 2:5, cf. Deut. 6:4-6; Jude 25). This context reflects the unique biblical worldview. The Bible presents mankind with a faith perspective beyond the five senses.

1. There is one and only one God (cf. Gen. 1:1; Exod. 8:10; 9:14; Deut. 4:35-39; 1 Sam. 2:2; 2 Sam. 7:22; 22:32; 1 Kgs. 8:23; Ps. 86:8,10; Isa. 43:11; 44:6,8; 45:6-7,14,18,21-22; 46:5,9; Jer. 2:11; 5:7; 10:6; 16:20).

2. He is a personal, creator, redeemer God (cf. Genesis 1-2; 3:15; Psalm 103-104).

3. He gives promises of hope and restoration by means of Messiah (cf. Isaiah 53).

4. Faith in Messiah repairs the breach of rebellion (the gospel).

5. Whosoever believes in Messiah may have eternal life (the gospel).

The Textus Receptus, following the Greek uncial manuscripts אc, Dc, K, L, and P, adds "wise" (NKJV, "to God who alone is wise"). This addition is absent in the Greek manuscripts א*, A, D*, F, G, and H*. It may be a scribal addition from Rom. 16:27. The UBS4 gives the shorter text an "A" rating (certain).

▣ "be honor and glory" This is basically the meaning of the OT term kabod (cf. v. 11). It is used several times in the book of Revelation along with other praises (cf. 4:9,11; 5:12,13; 7:12).

In the OT the most common Hebrew word for "glory" (kabod) was originally a commercial term referring to a pair of scales which meant "to be heavy." That which was heavy was valuable or had intrinsic worth. Often the concept of brightness was added to the word to express God's majesty (cf. Exod. 15:16; 24:17; Isa. 60:1-2). He alone is worthy and honorable. He is too brilliant for fallen mankind to behold (cf. Exod. 33:17-23; Isa. 6:5). God can only be truly known through Christ (cf. Jer. 1:14; Matt. 17:2; Heb. 1:3; James 2:1).

The term "glory" is somewhat ambiguous.

1. it may be parallel to "the righteousness of God"

2. it may refer to the "holiness" or "perfection" of God

3. it could refer to the image of God in which mankind was created (cf. Gen. 1:26-27; 5:1; 9:6), but which was later marred through rebellion (cf. Gen. 3:1-22)

It is first used of YHWH's presence with His people (cf. Exod. 16:7,10; Lev. 9:23; Num. 14:10).

▣ "forever and ever" This is literally "ages of the ages," an idiom for eternity (cf. Gal. 1:5; Phil. 4:20; 2 Tim. 4:18). This same term is used in v. 16 for "eternal life" and in v. 17 for "King eternal."

SPECIAL TOPIC: FOREVER (GREEK IDIOM)

"Amen" See Special Topic at 6:16.

NASB (UPDATED) TEXT: 1:18-20
 18This command I entrust to you, Timothy, my son, in accordance with the prophecies previously made concerning you, that by them you fight the good fight, 19keeping faith and a good conscience, which some have rejected and suffered shipwreck in regard to their faith. 20Among these are Hymenaeus and Alexander, whom I have handed over to Satan, so that they will be taught not to blaspheme.

1:18 "command" Paul uses two military terms in this chapter: (1) "command" (vv. 3,5,18) and (2) "fight the good fight" (v. 18; cf. 2 Cor. 10:3-6; Eph. 6:10-17). This paragraph (i.e., vv. 18-20) returns to the false teachers' theological issue of vv. 3-7.

NASB, TEV"entrust"
NKJV"commit"
NRSV, NJB"giving"

This is a present middle indicative of paratithēmi. Paul entrusted the work of the gospel to Timothy (cf. 1 Tim. 6:20; 2 Tim. 1:14, just as Jesus had entrusted it to him, cf. 2 Tim. 1:12) to pass on to other faithful men (cf. 2 Tim. 2:2).

This term is used of

1. Jesus entrusting Himself to God in Luke 23:46

2. believers entrusting themselves to God in Acts 14:23

3. Paul entrusting believers to God in Acts 20:32

4. believers entrusting the new generation in 2 Tim. 2:2

 

▣ "in accordance with the prophecies previously made concerning you" Timothy received both spiritual giftedness and prophetic confirmation by the church in Lystra at the time of the laying on of hands (cf. 4:14). This phrase can mean (1) "made about you" (cf. NRSV) or (2) "led me to you" (cf. RSV).

SPECIAL TOPIC: NEW TESTAMENT PROPHECY

▣ "fight the good fight" Often the Christian life is depicted as an athletic event or warfare, as here. The prophecies concerning Timothy enabled him to continually and courageously fight the good fight like Paul (present middle subjunctive, cf. 6:12; 2 Tim. 2:3-4; 4:7; 2 Cor. 10:3-6; Eph. 6:10-17).

1:19 "keeping faith and a good conscience" The good fight involves having and continuing to have (perfect active participle)

1. faith

2. good conscience

Both of these are mentioned in 1:5. They are mentioned again because the loss of them is the very reason some members of the church have shipwrecked their faith. Faith could refer to either (1) Christian doctrine or (2) Christian living. Both are crucial.

We learn from 2 Tim. 2:17 that Hymenaeus was involved in doctrinal deviation (asserting the resurrection had already taken place) and godlessness (cf. 2 Tim. 2:16). The other named person, Alexander, can not be the silversmith mentioned in 2 Tim. 4:14 and Acts 19 because he was an enemy of the gospel.

Their rejection of truth and godliness was not due to deception, but willful rejection (aorist middle [deponent] participle of apōtheō, cf. Acts 7:39; 13:46; Rom. 11:1). See notes on conscience at 1:5.

"which some have rejected and suffered shipwreck in regards to their faith" This is a difficult and controversial subject. See SPECIAL TOPIC: APOSTASY (APHISTĒMI) at 4:1. There are so many examples of apostasy in

1 Timothy (cf. 1:19; 4:1-2; 5:14-15; 6:9-10,21; also 2 Tim. 2:16-18; 3:1-8,13; 2 Pet. 2:1,20-21; Jude 4). See SPECIAL TOPIC: APOSTASY (APHISTĒMI) at 4:1.

1:20 "I have handed over to Satan" This is a very difficult phrase. Biblical precedents are

1. God using Satan to tempt Job (Job 2:6)

2. the Spirit thrusting Jesus into Satanic testing (Mark 1:12)

3. Paul turning a believer over to Satan in order to purify him so that he may ultimately be restored (1 Cor. 5:5)

Notice the stated purpose in v. 20 is to teach them not to blaspheme. It may refer to excommunication from the believing fellowship. God's temporal discipline is always redemptive. God uses Satan to test human beings (cf. Genesis 3; Job 1-2; Zechariah 3). In a sense, Satan is a tool of God. It is Satan's rebellion against God, his desire for independence, that makes him evil, not his tempting duties. See SPECIAL TOPIC: SATAN at 3:6.

The use of this phrase implies there is hope for these false teachers and their followers. However, the similar metaphor used for the false teachers in 4:2 implies there is no hope for them.

 

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS

This is a study guide commentary, which means that you are responsible for your own interpretation of the Bible. Each of us must walk in the light we have. You, the Bible, and the Holy Spirit are priority in interpretation. You must not relinquish this to a commentator.

These discussion questions are provided to help you think through the major issues of this section of the book. They are meant to be thought provoking, not definitive.

1. Why does Paul assert his apostleship in a personal letter to Timothy?

2. What was the nature of the heresy at Ephesus?

3. How are Christians related to the Law of Moses?

4. How did Paul view his ministry? (v.12)

5. Why does he repeat his testimony so often? (v. 16)

6. What were Timothy's orders? (v. 18)

7. Did Hymenaeus and Alexander fall from grace? (v. 19)

8. What is a "good conscience?" (v. 19)

9. What does it mean to hand someone over to Satan? (v. 19)

 

Pages